Superorder CYCLOSQUAMATA

Introduction

The superorder Cyclosquamata comprises a single order, Aulopiformes (Nelson 2006).

 

General References

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Order AULOPIFORMES

Lizardfishes


Compiler and date details

14 December 2016 - Dianne J Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

20 April 2011 - Dianne J Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

The order Aulopiformes as presented here follows the classification of Baldwin & Johnson (1996) and Sato & Nakabo (2002) based on morphological characters. Nelson (2006) recognised four extant suborders with 13 families, and one fossil suborder, whereas Eschmeyer (2011) recognises 17 families with 326 species. Johnson et al. (1996) erected the suborder Synodontoidei. Hartel & Stiassny (1986) reviewed relationships within the order. Baldwin & Johnson (1996) also discussed relationships within the group and providing information which differed from previous classifications. The classification of Baldwin & Johnson (1996) recognised Bathysauridae as distinct and related to Giganturidae, and placed Anotopterus within the Paralepedidae. Although Baldwin & Johnson (1996) retained four suborders, the arrangement of families differs considerably from earlier classifications. Sato & Nakabo (2002) erected Paraulopidae to include a group of species from Chlorophthalmidae and recognised Bathysauropsidae for Bathysauropsis and the Bathysauroididae for Bathysauroides. Nelson (2006) followed the classification of Baldwin & Johnson (1996), with the modifications proposed by Sato & Nakabo (2002) and recognised four suborders of extant fishes and two fossil suborders for the Aulopiformes. WIley & Johnson (2010) presented characters diagnosing the order based on the work of Johnson et al. (1996), Baldwin & Johnson (1996) and Sato & Nakabo (2002). Davis (2010) concluded that the Chlorophthalmoidei is paraphyletic. He presented a revised classification based on total evidence, and provided evidence supporting previously unrecognized clades, within some of the suborders. He recognised the suborder Aulopoidei (including the Aulopidae,and Synodontidae), the suborder Paraulopoidei (including only the family Paraulopidae) and the remaining families in the suborder Alepisauroidei. Within the latter suborder he moved some genera from the Papalepididae to the Alepisauridae and recognised the Sudidae as a distinct family. Tentatively we retain the classification of Wiley & Johnson (2010).

Aulopiforms range from benthic fishes inhabiting the continental shelf and slope, to pelagic, meso- and bathypelagic fishes. Many species are hermaphroditic.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Eschmeyer, W.N. 2011. Catalog of Fishes. Online version updated 29 March 2011. http://research.calacademy.org/redirect?url=http://researcharchive.calacademy.org/research/Ichthyology/catalog/fishcatmain.asp

Hartel, K.E. & Stiassny, L.J. 1986. The identification of larval Parasudis (Teleostei, Chlorophthalmidae); with notes on the anatomy and relationships of aulopiform fishes. Breviora. Museum of Comparative Zoology 487: 1-23

Johnson,G.D., Baldwin,C.C., Okiyama, M. & Tominaga, Y. 1996. Osteology and relationships of Pseudotrichonotus altivelis (Teleostei: Aulopifornies: Pseudotrichonotidae). Ichthyological Research 43: 17-45

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46

 

Common Name References

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp. [214] (Lizardfishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Suborder ALEPISAUROIDEI


Compiler and date details

16 July 2016 - Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

Baldwin & Johnson (1996) defined the suborder Alepisauroidei. That classification was followed by Wiley & Johnson (2010). The suborder contains four families of fishes found in mesopelagic and bathypelagic environments in all oceans. Davis (2010) presented a different classification, retaining it as a monophyletic group, but including the families in the superfamily Alepisauroidea of the suborder Alepisauroidei and separated the Sudidae from the Paralepedidae.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Wiley, E.O. & Johnson, G.D. 2010. A teleost classification based on monophyletic groups. pp. 123-182 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Family SCOPELARCHIDAE

CAAB: 37131000

Pearleyes


Compiler and date details

12 June 2016 - Dianne J. Bray, John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Douglass F. Hoese

John R. Paxton & Jennifer E. Gates

Introduction

The Scopelarchidae were recently reviewed by Davis (2015) who studied evolutionary relationships and recognised five genera and 18 species worldwide. Previously, Johnson (1974), recognised four genera and 17 species worldwide, and Johnson (1982) discussed evolutionary relationships. Eight species in five genera are known from Australia's EEZ.

Pearleyes are voracious deep-sea predators found worldwide, commonly at depths of 500-1,000 m as adults. They have large dorsally directed tubular and semi-tubular eyes that allow them to hunt prey above them in the deep oceanic midwaters, and are named for the oval patch of white tissue called the 'pearl organ', found on the side of the eye, the function of which remains obscure (Johnson 1974). Studies by Collin et al. (1998) and Wagner et al. (1998) indicate that they possess a number of visual specializations associated with life in the deep-sea, and are highly capable of observing the bioluminescence produced by other animals. Like most deep-sea aulopiform fishes, pearleyes are simultaneous hermaphrodites (Johnson, 1974; Davis, 2010) with functional ovotestes. Several species are bioluminescent. Maximum size is 35 cm.

 

General References

Collin, S.P., Hoskins, R.V. & Partridge, J.C.. 1998. Seven retinal specializations in the tubular eyes of the deep-sea pearleye, Scopelarchus michaelsarsi: a case study in visual optimisation. Brain, Behavior and Evolution 51: 291–314

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Davis, M.P. 2015. Evolutionary relationships of the deep-sea pearleyes (Aulopiformes: Scopelarchidae) and a new genus of pearleye from Antarctic waters. Copeia 2015(1): 64-71

Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Wagner, H.J., Frӧhlich, E., Negishi, K. & Collin, S.P. 1998. The eyes of deep-sea fish II: functional morphology of the retina. Progress in Retinal and Eye Research 17: 637–685

 

Common Name References

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1925] (FAO) (Pearleyes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Benthalbella Zugmayer, 1911

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24)

Other Regions

Australian Antarctic Territory

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Benthalbella elongata (Norman, 1937)

CAAB: 37131750

Elongate Greeneye

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Caacade Plateau, TAS and Macquarie Island, based on specimens in CSIRO; temperate, Southern circumglobal


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Macquarie Island Province (24)

Other Regions

Australian Antarctic Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60 [71]

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74 [154]

Johnson, R.K. 1984. Scopelarchidae. pp. 484-488 in Whitehead, P.J.P., Bauchot, M.-L., Hureau, J.-C., Nielsen, J. & Tortonese, E. (eds).). Fishes of the north-eastern Atlantic and the Mediterranean. Paris : UNESCO Vol. 1 510 pp. figs.

Post, A. 1990. Scopelarchidae. pp. 134-135 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [134]

 

Common Name References

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [568] (Elongate Greeneye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 26-Jul-2015 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Benthalbella infans Zugmayer, 1911

CAAB: 37131001

Childish Pearleye, Greeneye, Zugmayer's Pearleye

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Off Newcastle,m NSW (32º56´S) to S of Point Hicks, VIC (38º30´S); tropical, temperate, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp.

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [488]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [569]

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Zugmayer's Pearleye)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Childish Pearleye)

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [569] (Greeneye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Lagiacrusichthys Davis, 2015

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Southern Ocean circumglobal


IMCRA

Macquarie Island Province (24)

Other Regions

Australian Antarctic Territory

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 26-Jul-2015 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Lagiacrusichthys macropinna (Bussing & Bussing, 1966)

CAAB: 37131751

Longfin Greeneye

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Southern Ocean circumglobal


IMCRA

Macquarie Island Province (24)

Other Regions

Australian Antarctic Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.

 

General References

Davis, M.P. 2015. Evolutionary relationships of the deep-sea pearleyes (Aulopiformes: Scopelarchidae) and a new genus of pearleye from Antarctic waters. Copeia 2015(1): 64-71 [65] (as Lagiacrusichthys macropinnis)

Johnson, R.K. 1974. A revision of the alepisauroid family Scopelarchidae (Pisces : Myctophiformes). Fieldiana Zoology 66: 1-249 figs 1-60 [88] (as Benthalbella macropinna)

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74 [157] (as Benthalbella macropinna)

Johnson, R.K. 1986. Family No. 77: Scopelarchidae. pp. 265-267 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [266] (as Benthalbella macropinna)

Post, A. 1990. Scopelarchidae. pp. 134-135 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [135] (as Benthalbella macropinna)

 

Common Name References

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [570] (as Benthalbella macropinna) (Longfin Greeneye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 26-Jul-2015 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Genus Rosenblattichthys Johnson, 1974

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Rosenblattichthys alatus (Fourmanoir, 1970)

CAAB: 37131002

Winged Pearleye

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Off Tuggerah Lake (33º17´S) to off Sydney (34º09´S), NSW; tropical, temperate, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [233]

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [489]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Winged Pearleye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Scopelarchoides Parr, 1929

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Tasmania, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Cape Province (20), Central Western Province (6)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelarchoides danae Johnson, 1974

CAAB: 37131003

Dana Pearleye

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Dirk Hartog Island, WA (26ºS), off Cape York, Coral Sea and off Tuggerah Lake, (33º25´S) to south of Sydney, NSW; tropical, Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Cape Province (20), Central Western Province (6)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [233]

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [489]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [571]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Dana Pearleye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelarchoides kreffti Johnson, 1972

CAAB: 37131006

Blackbelly Pearleye

 

Distribution

States

Tasmania


Extra Distribution Information

Off Cape Barren Island (40°43'S, 148°58'E) and Pedra Branca Seamount (44°16'S, 147°14'E), TAS; tropical, temperate, southern circumglobal


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11)

Ecological Descriptors

Continental slope, mesopelagic.

Extra Ecological Information

0–2000 m.

 

General References

Motomura, H., Last, P.R. & Yearsley, G.K. 2007. Scopelarchoides kreffti (Actinopterygii: Aulopiformes: Scopelarchidae) from off Tasmania, Australia: First Records from Outside the South Atlantic Ocean. Species Diversity 12: 9-15 [9]

 

Common Name References

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [572] (Blackbelly Pearleye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Scopelarchus Alcock, 1896

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8)

General References

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelarchus analis (Brauer, 1902)

CAAB: 37131004

Shortfin Pearleye, Short Fin Pearleye

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Broken Bay (33º28´S) to off Sydney (33º53´S), NSW, and off Albany, WA (36ºS); tropical, temperate, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Southern Province (8)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp.

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [489]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 566-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [573]

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Short Fin Pearleye)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Shortfin Pearleye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelarchus guentheri Alcock, 1896

CAAB: 37131005

Staring Pearleye

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off central WA (23ºS) and off Nowra, NSW; tropical, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [235]

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Scopelarchidae. pp. 488-489 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [489]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Staring Pearleye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Family PARALEPIDIDAE

CAAB: 37129000

Barracudinas


Compiler and date details

13 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

Worldwide, the Paralepididae comprise about 59 species in 13 genera (Post 1972, 1990; Nelson 2006). In Australian waters, 14 described species in nine genera have been recorded and an additional genus and species from Heard Island. In addition, an unidentified species of Lestidiops has been collected from the Northwest Shelf, Western Australia. Magnisudis atlantica (Krøyer, 1868) has been shown to be separate from M. prionosa and Australian records of this genus have been based on M. prionosa. However, M. atlantica does occur on the Tasman Rise just outside of the area covered by this work and is likely to occur in Australian waters. Anotopterus is placed here following Baldwin & Johnson (1996). Relationships of Anotopterus were also discussed by Johnson (1982).

Barracudinas are found in the epipelagic and mesopelagic waters of all oceans; some adults are apparently benthopelagic in slope waters. Fishes and crustaceans are recorded food items. They are characterised by having a slender, elongate body, a posterior anal fin, an elongate snout and fang-like teeth. Maximum size is 1 m in length.

The Paralepididae are in need of revision. Harry (1953a, 1953b) reviewed the North Pacific species and Rofen (1966) reviewed the genera and revised the western North Atlantic species. Post (1972, 1990) provided a catalogue of the types and species synonymies. Post (1986) also treated several species found in Australian waters, and he (1987) revised the subfamily Paralepidinae. Rofen (1966) regarded Anotopterus as monotypic, but the genus was recently revised by Kukuev (1998), who recognised three species. Paxton & Niem (1999) provided details of the family, but separated Anotopterus into its own family. More recently Davis (2010) separated the family into two distinct families the Paralepedidae and Alepisauridae.

A. Post of Institut für Seefischerei, Hamburg, kindly reviewed this family account.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Harry, R.R. 1953a. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae. 1. Survey of the genera. Pacific Science 7(2): 219-249 figs 1-22

Harry, R.R. 1953b. Studies on the bathypelagic fishes of the family Paralepididae (order Iniomi). 2. A revision of the North Pacific species. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 105: 169-230 figs 1-28

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759]

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.

Post, A. 1972. Catalogue of type-specimens and designation of lectotypes of the fish-family Paralepididae (Osteichthyes, Myctophoidei). Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 23(2): 136-165

Post, A. 1986. Family Paralepididae. pp. 274-278 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls.

Post, A. 1987. Results of the research cruises of FRV "Walther Herwig" to South America. LXVII. Revision of the subfamily Paralepidinae (Pisces, Aulopiformes, Alepisauroidei, Paralepididae). I. Taxonomy, morphology and geographical distribution. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 38(1/2): 75-131

Post, A. 1990. Families Paralepididae, Sudidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Anotopteridae. pp. 373-389 in Quéro, J.-C., Hureau, J.-C., Karrer, C., Post, A. & Saldanha, L. (eds). Check-list of the Fishes of the Eastern Tropical Atlantic. Paris : UNESCO 1492 pp., 3 vols.

Rofen, R.R. 1966. Family Paralepididae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 205-461 figs 55-162

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [271] (Barracudinas)

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1948] (Barracudinas)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Anotopterus Zugmayer, 1911

 

Introduction

The genus is sometimes placed in the family Anotopteridae (Kukuev 1998) or in the Paralepididae (Nelson 2006). Davis (2010) placed the genus in the family Alepisauridae. Kukuev (1998) separated Anotopterus into three species, A. nikparini from the North Pacific, A. pharao from the North Atlantic and the southern circumglobal A. vorax. However, workers in Australia have generally retained the name A. pharao for the Australian and New Zealand specimens, but there is some suggestion that two species are found in southern waters. The names used here are tentative and further work is needed to clarify the species identities (Stewart 2015).

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Tasmania, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7)

General References

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759]

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Anotopterus pharao Zugmayer, 1911

CAAB: 37129750

Daggertooth

 

Introduction

Kukuev (1998) separated Anotopterus into three species, A. nikparini from the North Pacific, A. pharao from the North Atlantic and the southern circumglobal A. vorax. However, workers in Australia have generally retained the name A. pharao for the Australian and New Zealand specimens, but there is some suggestion that two species are found in southern waters. The names used here are tentative and further work is needed to clarify the species identities (Stewart 2015).

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Tasmania


Extra Distribution Information

Based on specimens in CSIRO and NMV from off Nowra, NSW (34°57'E) and off southeast TAS (43°55'S); temperate, antitropical, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Central Eastern Province (12)

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.

Extra Ecological Information

675–2250 m.

 

General References

Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759] [751]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [596]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Anotopterus vorax (Regan, 1913)

CAAB: 37129001

Southern Daggertooth, South Ocean Daggertooth

 

Generic Combinations

 

Introduction

Kukuev (1998) separated Anotopterus into three species, A. nikparini from the North Pacific, A. pharao from the North Atlantic and the southern circumglobal A. vorax. However, workers in Australia have generally retained the name A. pharao for the Australian and New Zealand specimens, but there is some suggestion that two species are found in southern waters. The names used here are tentative and further work is needed to clarify the species identities (Stewart 2015).

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Temperate, southern circumglobal.


IMCRA

Macquarie Island Province (24), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7)

Ecological Descriptors

Epipelagic, mesopelagic.

 

General References

Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759] [718]

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [491]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [596]

 

Common Name References

Kukuev, E.I. 1998. Systematics and distribution in the world ocean of daggertooth fishes of the genus Anotopterus (Anotopteridae, Aulopiformes). Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 716-729 [original article in Russian in Voprosky ikhtiologii 38(6): 745–759] [718] (South Ocean Daggertooth)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Southern Daggertooth)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Arctozenus Gill, 1864

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Arctozenus risso (Bonaparte, 1840)

CAAB: 37126005

Ribbon Barracudina, Quarrel Barracudina

 

Generic Combinations

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Off Tuggerah Lake (33º20´S) to off Sydney (34º07´S), NSW, also from Norfolk Ridge, just south of the Norfolk Island Province; tropical, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Duhamel, G., Hulley, P.-A., Causse, R., Koubbi, P., Vacchi, M., Pruvost, P., Vigetta, S., Irisson, J.-O., Mormède, S., Belchier, M., Dettai, A., Detrich, H.W., Gutt, J., Jones, C.D., Kock, K.-H., Lopez Abellan, L.J. & Van de Putte, A.P. 2014. Chapter 7. Biogeographic Patterns of Fish. pp. 328-362 in De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H.J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C., Van de Putte, A.P., Danis, B., David, B., Grant, S., Gutt, J., Held, C., Hosie, G., Huettmann, F., Post, A. & Ropert-Coudert, Y. (eds.). Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Cambridge : Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research 498 pp.

Post, A. 1987. Results of the research cruises of FRV "Walther Herwig" to South America. LXVII. Revision of the subfamily Paralepidinae (Pisces, Aulopiformes, Alepisauroidei, Paralepididae). I. Taxonomy, morphology and geographical distribution. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 38(1/2): 75-131 [79]

Post, A. 1990. Paralepididae. pp. 138-141 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [138]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (434, as Paralepis risso)

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Ribbon Barracudina)

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [584] (Quarrel Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 11-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Lestidiops Hubbs, 1916

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Lestidiops indopacificus (Ege, 1953)

CAAB: 37126006

Indo-Pacific Barracudina

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Introduction

The group is in need of revision and the names used here are tentative. The two species from Australia have been confused and previous identifications are uncertain. Most records are based on juveniles with only two known adult specimens reported by Ho & Lin (2023) and records of this species from Australia could well represent another species.

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Off northern NSW, eastern and southern TAS and SA; tropical, temperate, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Southern Province (8)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [271] (as Lestidiops pacifica)

Ho, H.-C. & Lin, T.-Y. 2023. Adult morphology and redescription of Lestidiops indopacificus (Ege, 1953), with comments on the features of related species (Teleostei, Aulopiformes, Paralepididae). ZooKeys 1160: 109-124

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [246]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (436)

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Indo-Pacific Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
11-Apr-2024 ALEPISAUROIDEI 04-Apr-2024 MODIFIED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Lestidiops jayakari (Boulenger, 1889)

CAAB: 37126003

Pacific Barracudina

 

Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy

 

Generic Combinations

 

Introduction

The group is in need of revision and the names used here are tentative. The two species from Australia have been confused and previous identifications are uncertain.

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Tasmania


Extra Distribution Information

Off northern NSW to TAS; tropical, temperate, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Last, P.R., Scott, E.O.G. & Talbot, F.H. 1983. Fishes of Tasmania. Hobart : Tasmanian Fisheries Development Authority 563 pp. figs. (as Lestidiops pacifica)

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [246]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [585]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (435)

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [271] (Pacific Barracudina)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Pacific Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Lestidiops mirabilis Ege, 1933

Strange Pike Smelt

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Based on a specimen in the Australian Museum, recorded by Gloerfelt-Tarp & Kailola (1984) south of Java so possibly also off NW Australia: tropical, Indo-Pacific (possibly circumglobal)


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12)

Distribution References

General References

Ho, H.-C. and Huang, C.-H. 2022. First adult record of the barracudina Lestidiops extremus (Ege, 1953), based on a specimen from the Philippines (Teleostei: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 5195: 579-584 [580] (Comparative material)

 

Common Name References

Ho, H.-C. & Lin, T.-Y. 2023. Adult morphology and redescription of Lestidiops indopacificus (Ege, 1953), with comments on the features of related species (Teleostei, Aulopiformes, Paralepididae). ZooKeys 1160: 109-124 [118] (Strange Pike Smelt)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
ALEPISAUROIDEI 09-Jan-2024 ADDED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)

Genus Lestidium Gilbert, 1905

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Central Eastern Transition (15), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Lestidium atlanticum Borodin, 1928

CAAB: 37126007

Atlantic Barracudina

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Shark Bay (26°57'S, 112°22'E) to off Port Hedland (17°59'S, 118°17'E), WA and east of Townsville (18°01'S, 147°07'E), QLD; tropical, Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Transition (3), Central Western Province (6)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [247]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (347)

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase, Papua New Guinea) (Atlantic Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Lestidium longilucifer Ho, Graham & Russell, 2020

Long Light-organ Barracudina

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Known only from the type series collected from north-western Australia and southern Taiwan; tropical, east Indo-west Pacific (Taiwan)


IMCRA

Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5)

Common Name References

Ho, H.-C., Graham, K. & Russell, B. 2020. Three new species of the barracudina genus Lestidium (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae) from the Indo-West Pacific. Zootaxa 4767(1): 71-88 [72] (Long Light-organ Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
ALEPISAUROIDEI 04-Apr-2024 ADDED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)

Species Lestidium nigrirostrum Ho, Graham & Russell, 2020

Australian Robust Barracudina

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Tasmania, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Tasman Sea off eastern Australia, from the Coral Sea off central QLD to Bass Strait, TAS, possibly also from North West Shelf, WA


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Central Eastern Transition (15), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Common Name References

Ho, H.-C., Graham, K. & Russell, B. 2020. Three new species of the barracudina genus Lestidium (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae) from the Indo-West Pacific. Zootaxa 4767(1): 71-88 [78] (Australian Robust Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
ALEPISAUROIDEI 04-Apr-2024 ADDED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)

Species Lestidium nudum Gilbert, 1905

CAAB: 37126002

Naked Barracudina, Deep Water Pike Smelt

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

West of Cape Leveque, WA (16º27'N, 120º24'E) to off Melville Island, NT (129º23'E) and off Coffs Harbour (29º49´S) to E of Dalmeny, NSW (36º09´S); temperate, east-Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [492]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp.

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Deep Water Pike Smelt)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Papua New Guinea) (Naked Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Lestrolepis Harry, 1953

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Central Western Province (6)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Lestrolepis japonica (Tanaka, 1908)

CAAB: 37126008

Japanese Barracudina

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

West of Green Head, WA (30°01'S) to east of Arafura Sea, NT (133°25'E); tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Central Western Province (6)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [493]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [247]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Japanese Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Lestrolepis pofi (Harry, 1953)

 

Generic Combinations

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Coral Sea, off QLD; tropical, Indo-Pacific


IMCRA

Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Ho, H.-C. and Golani, D. 2019. A new species of Lestrolepis from the Red Sea, with redescription of Lestrolepis pofi (Harry, 1953) (Aulopiformes: Parelepididae). Zootaxa 4619(3): 571-579

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
11-Apr-2024 ALEPISAUROIDEI 05-Apr-2024 MODIFIED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)
ALEPISAUROIDEI 02-Sep-2022 ADDED

Genus Macroparalepis Burton, 1934

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 11-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Macroparalepis macrogeneion Post, 1973

CAAB: 37126001

Longfin Barracudina, Headband Barracudina

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Tasman Sea off Sydney, NSW to southern WA; temperate, southern circumglobal


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [272]

Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Paralepedidae. pp. 267-268 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [268]

Last, P.R., Scott, E.O.G. & Talbot, F.H. 1983. Fishes of Tasmania. Hobart : Tasmanian Fisheries Development Authority 563 pp. figs.

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [493]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [247]

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [272] (Longfin Barracudina)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Longfin Barracudina)

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [590] (Headband Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 15-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Magnisudis Harry, 1953

 

Excluded Taxa

Misidentifications

PARALEPIDIDAE: Magnisudis atlantica (Krøyer, 1868) [based on re-identification of Australian material] — Paxton, J.R. in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. 2006. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Volume 35. ABRS & CSIRO Publishing : Australia Part 1, pp. xxiv 1-670; Part 2, pp. xxi 671-1472; Part 3, pp. xxi 1473-2178. [493]

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24), West Tasmania Transition (9)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
11-Apr-2024 ALEPISAUROIDEI 11-Apr-2024 MODIFIED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)
11-Apr-2024 PARALEPIDIDAE 09-Jan-2024 MODIFIED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)
06-Mar-2023 ALEPISAUROIDEI 11-Apr-2024 MODIFIED
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 11-Apr-2024 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
11-Apr-2024 MODIFIED

Species Magnisudis prionosa (Rofen, 1963)

CAAB: 37126004

Duckbill Barracudina, Giant Barracudina

 

Generic Combinations

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Off Nowra, NSW (34º55'S) to south of Port MacDonnell, SA (140º53'E) including TAS, also off Macquarie Island; temperate, southern circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24), West Tasmania Transition (9)

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.

 

General References

Duhamel, G., Hulley, P.-A., Causse, R., Koubbi, P., Vacchi, M., Pruvost, P., Vigetta, S., Irisson, J.-O., Mormède, S., Belchier, M., Dettai, A., Detrich, H.W., Gutt, J., Jones, C.D., Kock, K.-H., Lopez Abellan, L.J. & Van de Putte, A.P. 2014. Chapter 7. Biogeographic Patterns of Fish. pp. 328-362 in De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H.J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C., Van de Putte, A.P., Danis, B., David, B., Grant, S., Gutt, J., Held, C., Hosie, G., Huettmann, F., Post, A. & Ropert-Coudert, Y. (eds.). Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Cambridge : Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research 498 pp.

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [493]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [147] (as Paraliparis atlantica)

Post, A. 1987. Results of the research cruises of FRV "Walther Herwig" to South America. LXVII. Revision of the subfamily Paralepidinae (Pisces, Aulopiformes, Alepisauroidei, Paralepididae). I. Taxonomy, morphology and geographical distribution. Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 38(1/2): 75-131 [88]

Post, A. 1990. Paralepididae. pp. 138-141 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [139]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (433, as Paralepis prionosa)

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Duckbill Barracudina)

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [591] (Giant Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
11-Apr-2024 ALEPISAUROIDEI 21-Mar-2025 MODIFIED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 11-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Notolepis Dollo, 1908

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Southern circumglobal


Other Regions

Heard & McDonald Islands (Aust. Terr.)

Distribution References

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 14-Jun-2012 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Notolepis coatsi Dollo, 1908

Antarctic Jonasfish

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Temperate, southern circumglobal


Other Regions

Heard & McDonald Islands (Aust. Terr.)

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic.

 

General References

Duhamel, G., Hulley, P.-A., Causse, R., Koubbi, P., Vacchi, M., Pruvost, P., Vigetta, S., Irisson, J.-O., Mormède, S., Belchier, M., Dettai, A., Detrich, H.W., Gutt, J., Jones, C.D., Kock, K.-H., Lopez Abellan, L.J. & Van de Putte, A.P. 2014. Chapter 7. Biogeographic Patterns of Fish. pp. 328-362 in De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H.J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C., Van de Putte, A.P., Danis, B., David, B., Grant, S., Gutt, J., Held, C., Hosie, G., Huettmann, F., Post, A. & Ropert-Coudert, Y. (eds.). Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Cambridge : Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research 498 pp.

Miller, R.G. 1993. History and Atlas of the Fishes of the Antarctic Ocean. Carson City, Nevada : Foresta Institute for Ocean and Mountain Studies i-xx + 792 pp.

Post, A. 1990. Paralepididae. pp. 138-141 in Gon, O. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown : J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology 462 pp. [141]

 

Common Name References

Duhamel, G., Gasco, N. & Davaine, P. 2005. Poissons des îles Kerguelen et Crozet. Patrimoines naturels (M.N.H.N./S.P.N.) 63: 1-419 (Antarctic Jonasfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 14-Jun-2012 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Genus Stemonosudis Harry, 1951

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Southeast Transition (11), Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Ho, H-C., Russell, B., Graham, K. & Psomadakis, P.N. 2019. Review of the Stemonosudis rothschildi species complex, with descriptions of two new species from the Indo-west Pacific Ocean (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 4702(1): 216-229

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
06-Mar-2023 ALEPISAUROIDEI 02-Sep-2022 MODIFIED
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Stemonosudis elegans (Ege, 1933)

CAAB: 37126009

Tailspot Barracudina

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

South of Lord Howe Island; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [494]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [248]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (439)

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tailspot Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Stemonosudis elongatus (Ege, 1933)

 

Introduction

First described based on a young specimen, re-described and distribution extended by Ho & Huang (2022)

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

NW of Exmouth, WA (20°08'S, 112°56'E), and east of Osprey Reef, Coral Sea, Australia (13°46’, 148°05’)


IMCRA

Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Province (4)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

General References

Ho, H.-C. and Huang, C.-H. 2022. First adult record, redescription and distribution of Stemonosudis elongata (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 5189(1): 131-137

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
PARALEPIDIDAE 03-Aug-2023 ADDED Dr Matthew Lockett (ABRS)

Species Stemonosudis macrura (Ege, 1933)

CAAB: 37126010

Sharpchin Barracudina

 

Generic Combinations

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

East of Eden, NSW; tropical, Indo-Pacific.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [494]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [248]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (438, as Macroparalepis macrurus)

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Sharpchin Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Stemonosudis multifasciatus Ho, Russell, Graham & Psomadakis, 2019

CAAB: 37 126015

Multi-blotch Barracudina

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory


Extra Distribution Information

North of Melville Island, NT; tropical, east Indo-west Pacific


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26)

Ecological Descriptors

Continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

270-330 m

 

Common Name References

Ho, H-C., Russell, B., Graham, K. & Psomadakis, P.N. 2019. Review of the Stemonosudis rothschildi species complex, with descriptions of two new species from the Indo-west Pacific Ocean (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 4702(1): 216-229 [222] (Multi-blotch Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
ALEPISAUROIDEI 02-Sep-2022 ADDED

Species Stemonosudis retrodorsalis Ho, Russell, Graham & Psomadakis, 2019

CAAB: 37 126016

Back-fin Barracudina

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

210 km NW of Port Hedland; tropical, east Indo-west Pacific


IMCRA

Northwest Transition (3)

Ecological Descriptors

Continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

396‒514 m

 

Common Name References

Ho, H-C., Russell, B., Graham, K. & Psomadakis, P.N. 2019. Review of the Stemonosudis rothschildi species complex, with descriptions of two new species from the Indo-west Pacific Ocean (Aulopiformes: Paralepididae). Zootaxa 4702(1): 216-229 [225] (Back-fin Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
ALEPISAUROIDEI 02-Sep-2022 ADDED

Species Stemonosudis rothschildi Richards, 1967

CAAB: 37126011

Rothschild's Barracudina

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Port Hedland (18º33´S) to off Joseph Bonaparte Gulf (128º48´E), WA and east of Evans Shoal, NT; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paralepididae. pp. 490-494 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [494]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [248]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Rothschild's Barracudina)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Sudis Rafinesque, 1810

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Sudis hyalina Rafinesque, 1810

CAAB: 37126012

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Off Newcastle (33°01´S) to off Nowra, NSW (34°59´S); tropical, circumglobal


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Post, A. 1972. Catalogue of type-specimens and designation of lectotypes of the fish-family Paralepididae (Osteichthyes, Myctophoidei). Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 23(2): 136-165 [159]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 12-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Family EVERMANNELLIDAE

CAAB: 37130000

Sabertooth Fishes, Sabretooth Fishes


Compiler and date details

13 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

The Evermannellidae were reviewed most recently by Johnson (1982), who recognised seven species in three genera worldwide. Three species in two genera are known from Australian waters. Some species are known from adjacent regions and it is likely that Odontostomops normalops (Parr 1928) and Coccorella atrata (Alcock 1894) will be found in Australia. Swinney (1994) treated some species from the Atlantic. Stewart (2015) treated species from New Zealand.

Sabertooth fishes are mesopelagic in tropical and temperate waters to depths of 1000 m where they feed primarily on fishes and squids. They have dorsally oriented and semi-tubular or tubular eyes (except in Odontostomops normalops), a dorsal adipose fin and long and fang-like teeth. Maximum length is 18.5 cm.

 

General References

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.

Swinney, G.N. 1994. Comments on the Atlantic species of the genus Evermannella (Scopelomorpha, Aulopiformes, Evermannellidae) with a re-evaluation of the status of Evermannella melanoderma. Journal of Fish Biology 44(5): 809-819

 

Common Name References

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1951] (FAO) (Sabertooth Fishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Coccorella Roule, 1929

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Southern Province (8)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Coccorella atlantica (Parr, 1928)

CAAB: 37130001

Atlantic Sabretooth

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

South-west of Scott Reef, WA, east of Cape York (12°35'S, 144°25'E) to south-east of Osprey Reef, QLD, off Broken Bay (32º28´S) to off southern TAS and off SA; tropical, temperate, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Southern Province (8)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Evermannellidae. pp. 495-496 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [495]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [249]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [598]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Atlantic Sabretooth)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Evermannella Fowler, 1901

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Cocos (Keeling) Island Province (22), Macquarie Island Province (24)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Evermannella balbo (Risso, 1820)

CAAB: 37130002

Balbo Sabretooth, Brown Sabretooth

 

Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Off Newcastle (33º09´S) to off Lake Illawarra (34º33´S), NSW, also Lord Howe Rise, Norfolk Ridge, and north of Macquarie Island; temperate, discontinuous (Atlantic, south-west Indian and South Pacific Oceans).


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Macquarie Island Province (24)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Evermannellidae. pp. 495-496 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [496]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [249]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [600]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase) (Balbo Sabretooth)

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [600] (Brown Sabretooth)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Evermannella indica Brauer, 1906

CAAB: 37130003

Indian Sabretooth, Bronze Sabretooth

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Coral Sea, QLD (11º40'S-17º40'S) and off Sydney (33º53´S) to off Nowra (35º02'S), NSW; temperate, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Cocos (Keeling) Island Province (22)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Evermannellidae. pp. 495-496 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [496]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [249]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Indian Sabretooth)

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [601] (Bronze Sabretooth)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Family ALEPISAURIDAE

CAAB: 37127000

Hammerjaws, Lancetfishes, Omosudids


Compiler and date details

14 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Douglass F. Hoese, Dianne J. Bray & Jennifer E. Gates

John R. Paxton, Douglass F. Hoese & Jennifer E. Gates

Introduction

The family Alepisauridae was reviewed by Gibbs & Wilimovsky (1966) who recognised two species in a single genus Alepisaurus. Francis (1981) recorded both species from the south-west Pacific and both occur in Australian waters. Johnson & Baldwin (1996) also included Omosudis in the Alepisauridae. Omosudis was reviewed by Ege (1958) and Rofen (1966) who recognised a single species in this circumglobal bathypelagic genus. Paxton & Niem (1999) and Stewart (2015) treated Omosudis as belonging to a monotypic family.

Alepisaurids are meso- and bathypelagic fishes found worldwide. They are predators with large canines on the palatine and lower jaw; recorded prey items include fishes, cephalopods, tunicates and crustaceans. Other characteristics include an elongate body, a high, long dorsal fin and no scales or light organs. Maximum size reached is 2.1 m.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Ege, V. 1958. Omosudis Günther, bathypelagic genus of fish. Dana Reports 47: 1-19 figs 1-3

Francis, M.P. 1981. Meristic and morphometric variation in the lancet fish Alepisaurus, with notes on the distribution of A. ferox and A. brevirostris. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 8(3): 403-408 fig. 1

Gibbs, R.H. & Wilimovsky, N.J. 1966. Family Alepisauridae in Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 482-497 figs 173-176

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.

Rofen, R.R. 1966. Family Omosudidae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 462-481 figs 163-172

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.

 

Common Name References

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1953] (FAO) (Lancetfishes)

Whitley, G.P. 1966. Marine Fishes of Australia. Brisbane : Jacaranda Press Vol. 1 pp. 1-142. [38] (Lancetfishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Alepisaurus Lowe, 1833

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Transition (19), Macquarie Island Province (24), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northwest Province (4), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8)

General References

Francis, M.P. 1981. Meristic and morphometric variation in the lancet fish Alepisaurus, with notes on the distribution of A. ferox and A. brevirostris. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 8(3): 403-408 fig. 1

Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs.

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Alepisaurus brevirostris Gibbs, 1960

CAAB: 37128002

Shortnose Lancetfish, Shortsnout Lancetfish, Shortsnouted Handsawfish

 

Distribution

States

South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Southern TAS to off Perth, WA, Macquarie Island, also known from the Kerguelen Islands and probably will be found in nearby Heard & McDonald Islands; tropical, temperate, subantarctic, circumglobal (except North Pacific).


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Macquarie Island Province (24), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic, mesopelagic, oceanic.

 

General References

Bray, D.J. 2008. Family Alepisauridae. pp. 265-266 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [265]

Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [273]

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [273]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [251]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Alepisauridae. pp. 497-498 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [498]

Russell, B.C. 2016. Families Synodontidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Notosudidae, Ipnopidae,Scopelarchidae, Evermannellidae, Alepisauridae, Omosudidae, Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Bathysauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1824-1854 in Carpenter, K.E. & De Angelis, N. (eds.). The Living Marine Resources of the Eastern Central Atlantic. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fishery Purposes. Bony Fishes Part 1 (Elopiformes to Scorpaeniformes). Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1511-2350. [1840]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [603]

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [274] (Shortnose Lancetfish, Shortsnout Lancetfish, Shortsnouted Handsawfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Shortnose Lancetfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Alepisaurus ferox Lowe, 1833

CAAB: 37128001

Longnose Lancetfish, Lancet Fish, Lancetfish, Longsnout Lancetfish

 

Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

South-east of Eyre (34°04'S, 128°02'E) and Exmouth Plateau, WA (20°55'S, 112°51'E), east of Lizard Island and east of Capricorn Group, Coral Sea, QLD and off Coffs Harbour, NSW (30°18'S, 153°25'E) ) to off southern TAS; tropical, temperate, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Transition (19), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northwest Province (4), Southern Province (8)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic, epipelagic, mesopelagic, oceanic.

 

General References

Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Families Paralepididae, Alepisauridae. pp. 271-275 figs 242-245 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [274]

Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [32]

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [81]

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [39] (274)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [251]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Alepisauridae. pp. 497-498 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [498]

Russell, B.C. 2016. Families Synodontidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Notosudidae, Ipnopidae,Scopelarchidae, Evermannellidae, Alepisauridae, Omosudidae, Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Bathysauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1824-1854 in Carpenter, K.E. & De Angelis, N. (eds.). The Living Marine Resources of the Eastern Central Atlantic. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fishery Purposes. Bony Fishes Part 1 (Elopiformes to Scorpaeniformes). Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1511-2350. [1840]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (454, as Alepisaurus richardsonii)

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [274] (Longnose Lancetfish)

Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [123] (Lancetfish)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [39] (Lancet Fish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Longnose Lancetfish)

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [604] (Longsnout Lancetfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Omosudis Günther, 1887

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Southern Province (8)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Omosudis lowii Günther, 1887

CAAB: 37127001

Hammerjaw, Omosudid

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

South-west of Osprey Reef, Coral Sea, off Newcastel to off Ulladulla (35º28´S), NSW, off Eucla (127º53´E) and off Exmouth and Dampier (116º43´E), WA; tropical, temperate, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Southern Province (8)

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.

 

General References

Bray, D.J. 2008. Family Alepisauridae. pp. 265-266 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [266]

Gomon, M.F. 1994. Families Notosudidae, Omosudidae. pp. 265-267 figs 237-238 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [266] (as Omosudis lowei)

Maul, G.E. 1973. Family Omosudidae. 202 in Hureau, J.-C. & Monod, T. (eds). Checklist of the Fishes of the North-Eastern Atlantic and of the Mediterranean (CLOFNAM). Paris : UNESCO Vol. 1 683 pp. [202]

Nielsen, J.G. & Jespersen, A. 1986. Morphometric changes in ripening Omosudis lowei (Pisces, Omosudidae). Archiv für Fischereiwissenschaft 37: 59-67

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [250] (as Omosudis lowei)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Alepisauridae. pp. 497-498 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [498]

Russell, B.C. 2016. Families Synodontidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Notosudidae, Ipnopidae,Scopelarchidae, Evermannellidae, Alepisauridae, Omosudidae, Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Bathysauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1824-1854 in Carpenter, K.E. & De Angelis, N. (eds.). The Living Marine Resources of the Eastern Central Atlantic. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fishery Purposes. Bony Fishes Part 1 (Elopiformes to Scorpaeniformes). Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1511-2350. [1842]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae. pp. 581-606 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [606]

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [266] (Hammerjaw)

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1952] (FAO) (Omosudid)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Hammerjaw)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Suborder SYNODONTOIDEI


Compiler and date details

14 December 2016 - Dianne J Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

20 April 2011 - Dianne J Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

Baldwin & Johnson (1996) defined the suborder Synodontoidei. It contains four families of benthic fishes that occur over soft bottoms on the continental shelf and slope.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Family PSEUDOTRICHONOTIDAE Yoshino & Araga, 1975

Sandiving Lizardfishes

 

Introduction

The Pseudotrichonotidae contains a single genus Pseudotrichonotus with up to three species. Yoshino & Araga (1975) erected the family for P. altivelis from the Pacific coast of Japan, placing it in the Myctophiformes. Parin (1992) described a second species, P. xanthotaenia, from the Indian Ocean northeast of Madagascar, but found only minor differences between the two species leading some to suggest that they may be conspecific (see Nelson 2006, Nelson et al. 2016). Johnson et al. 1996 studied the osteology and relationships of P. altivelis and moved the family to the Aulopiformes. Gill & Pogonoski (2016) described a third species from off the Western Australia coast.

 

General References

Araga, C. & Yoshino, T. in Masuda, H., Araga, C. & Yoshino, T. 1975. Coastal Fishes of Southern Japan. Tokyo : Tokai University. Press 382 pp. 11 figs 143 pls. [176]

Gill, A.C. & Pogonoski, J.J. 2016. Pseudotrichonotus belos new species, first record of the fish family Pseudotrichonotidae from Australia (Teleostei: Aulopiformes). Zootaxa 4205(2): 189-193

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp. [216]

Nelson, J.S., Grande, T.C. & Wilson, M.V.H. 2016. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons 5, 752 pp. [269]

 

Common Name References

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp. [216] (Sandiving Lizardfishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
SYNODONTOIDEI 13-Nov-2019 ADDED

Genus Pseudotrichonotus Yoshino & Araga, 1975

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


IMCRA

Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
SYNODONTOIDEI 13-Nov-2019 ADDED

Species Pseudotrichonotus belos Gill & Pogonoski, 2016

Dart Sand-diving Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Known from type locations, west of Shark Bay (25°56’S 112°41’E) to southwest of Exmouth Gulf (22°51’S 113°31’E), WA; tropical

Australian Endemic.


IMCRA

Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29)

Common Name References

Gill, A.C. & Pogonoski, J.J. 2016. Pseudotrichonotus belos new species, first record of the fish family Pseudotrichonotidae from Australia (Teleostei: Aulopiformes). Zootaxa 4205(2): 189-193 [190] (Dart Sand-diving Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
SYNODONTOIDEI 13-Nov-2019 ADDED

Family PARAULOPIDAE

CAAB: 37120000

Cucumberfishes


Compiler and date details

14 December 2016 - Dianne J. Bray, Martin F. Gomon, Katie A. Smith, Douglass F. Hoese, John R. Paxton & Jennifer E. Gates

Introduction

The family Paraulopidae was erected by Sato & Nakabo (2002) to accommodate a number of species previously referred to Chlorophthalmus, family Chlorophthalmidae.A single genus, Paraulopus, with 14 described species is recognised. Seven described species and one undescribed species are currently known in Australian waters, with two additional species from off Norfolk Island. Five species have been described in the past decade (Sato & Nakabo 2002; Gomon & Sato 2004; Gomon 2010; Sato et al. 2010).

Paraulopids are found in tropical and temperate waters of the Indo-West Pacific, and the family is particularly diverse in the Australian region. Sato & Nakabo (2003) revised the P. oblongus group. Gomon (2008) treated the two species found off Australia's southern coast, and Sato et al (2010) provided a key to species in the P. nigripinnis group. Gomon (2015) treated some species known from Australia.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 258-259 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp.

Gomon, M. F. 2010. A new species of Paraulopus (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) from seamounts of the Tasman Sea. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 67: 15-18

Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Two new species of Paraulopus (Osteichthyes: Aulopiformes) from New Zealand and eastern Australia, and comparisons with P. nigripinnis. Species Diversity 7: 393-404

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2003. A revision of the Paraulopus oblongus group (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) with description of a new species. Ichthyological Research 50(2): 164-177

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Paraulopus Sato & Nakabo, 2002

 

Excluded Taxa

Misidentifications

PARAULOPIDAE: Paraulopus maculatus Kotthaus, 1967 [restricted to Western Indian Ocean] — Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27]

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Eastern Transition (15), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Great Australian Bight Shelf Transition (32), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Western Bass Strait Shelf Transition (34), Bass Strait Shelf Province (35), Tasmanian Shelf Province (36), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
11-Apr-2024 SYNODONTOIDEI 11-Apr-2024 MODIFIED
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Nov-2019 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Paraulopus balteatus Gomon, 2010

CAAB: 37120019

Banded Cucumberfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Off NSW between 30-35°S, and seamounts and rises in the Tasman Sea including off Lord Howe Island; temperate, south-west Pacific (north of New Zealand).


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Lord Howe Province (14)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

300-793 m.

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M. F. 2010. A new species of Paraulopus (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) from seamounts of the Tasman Sea. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 67: 15-18 [15] (Banded Cucumberfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 13-Apr-2012 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Paraulopus brevirostris (Fourmanoir, 1981)

CAAB: 37120017

Shortsnout Cucumberfish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

SE of Vulcan Shoal, Timor Sea (12°50´S) to north of Bathurst Island, Arafura Sea, NT (130°10´E) and Coral Sea off QLD (17°21´S - 17°41´S); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf.

Extra Ecological Information

302-382 m.

 

General References

Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp. [75, Pl. 74] (as Chlorophthalmus sp. 1)

Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [461]

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1922]

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27]

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Two new species of Paraulopus (Osteichthyes: Aulopiformes) from New Zealand and eastern Australia, and comparisons with P. nigripinnis. Species Diversity 7: 393-404 [394]

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2003. A revision of the Paraulopus oblongus group (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae) with description of a new species. Ichthyological Research 50(2): 164-177 [164]

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2012. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org. (Shortsnout Cucumberfish)

Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [461] (Shortsnout Cucumberfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 09-May-2012 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Paraulopus legandi (Fourmanoir & Rivaton, 1979)

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Off Norfolk Island, based on specimen in NMV; tropical, south-west Pacific (New Caledonia)


IMCRA

Norfolk Island Province (21)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

360-415 m

 

General References

Fricke, R., Kulbicki, M. & Wantiez, L. 2011. Checklist of the fishes of New Caledonia, and their distribution in the Southwest Pacific Ocean (Pisces). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde. Serie A (Biologie) Neue Serie 4: 341-463 [358]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 23-Jul-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Paraulopus longianalis Sato, Gomon & Nakabo, 2010

CAAB: 37120003

Longfin Cucumberfish

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Geraldton, WA (28°09'S) to off Port Hedland, WA (18°14'S); tropical.

Australian Endemic.


IMCRA

Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

150-312 m.

 

Common Name References

Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [255] (Longfin Cucumberfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 13-Apr-2012 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Paraulopus melanogrammus Gomon & Sato, 2004

CAAB: 37120015

Blackline Cucumberfish

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

North of Townsville, QLD (17°48'S) to off Newcastle, NSW (32°50'S); subtropical.

Australian Endemic.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Central Eastern Transition (15), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

150-606 m.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [461]

Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [257]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 20-May-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Paraulopus melanostomus Sato, Gomon & Nakabo, 2010

CAAB: 37120008

Licorice Mouth Cucumberfish, Licoricemouth Cucumberfish

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

South Australia, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Portland, VIC (141°31'S) to off the west of Freycinet Estuary, WA (26°40'S); temperate.

Australian Endemic.


IMCRA

Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

410-1030 m.

 

General References

Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [258]

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 258-259 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [258] (Licorice Mouth Cucumberfish)

Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [258] (Licoricemouth Cucumberfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 13-Apr-2012 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Paraulopus nigripinnis (Günther, 1878)

CAAB: 37120001

Blacktip Cucumberfish, Cucumber Fish, Greeneyes

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Cape Hawke, NSW (32°18' S) to west of Dongara, WA (29º15'S, 113°57'E); temperate, south-west Pacific (New Zealand).


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Great Australian Bight Shelf Transition (32), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Western Bass Strait Shelf Transition (34), Bass Strait Shelf Province (35), Tasmanian Shelf Province (36), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

80-585 m.

 

General References

Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Family Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 267-268 fig. 239 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [268] (as Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis)

Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 258-259 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [259]

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 534-537 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [535]

Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [462]

Gomon, M.F. & Sato, T. 2004. A new cucumberfish (Paraulopidae) of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex from central eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 56: 195-199

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [80] (as Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (262, as Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [232]

Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [57]

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [27]

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Two new species of Paraulopus (Osteichthyes: Aulopiformes) from New Zealand and eastern Australia, and comparisons with P. nigripinnis. Species Diversity 7: 393-404 [394]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (432, as Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis)

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [268] (Cucumber Fish, Greeneyes)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Blacktip Cucumberfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 23-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Paraulopus novaeseelandiae Sato & Nakabo, 2002

New Zealand Cucumberfish

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Off Norfolk Island; temperate, south-west Pacific (New Zealand)


IMCRA

Norfolk Island Province (21)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 534-537 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [536] (New Zealand Cucumberfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 23-Jul-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Paraulopus okamurai Sato & Nakabo, 2002

CAAB: 37120014

Piedtip Cucumberfish, Magpie Cucumberfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Off Brisbane, QLD (27°34'S) to off Kempsey, NSW (31°06'S, 153°20'E), Taupo Seamount, Lord Howe Rise and Norfolk Ridge, Tasman Sea; subtropical, south-west Pacific (New Zealand).


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Tasman Basin Province (13), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21)

Ecological Descriptors

Continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

235-480 m.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 534-537 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [537]

Gomon, M.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Paraulopidae. pp. 461-462 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [462]

Gomon, M.F. & Sato, T. 2004. A new cucumberfish (Paraulopidae) of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex from central eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 56: 195-199 [195]

Sato, T., Gomon, M.F. & Nakabo, T. 2010. Two new Australian species of the Paraulopus nigripinnis complex (Aulopiformes: Paraulopidae). Ichthyological Research 57(3): 254-262 [257]

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Paraulopidae. pp. 534-537 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [537] (Magpie Cucumberfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Piedtip Cucumberfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 23-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Family AULOPIDAE

CAAB: 37117000

Aulopus, Sergeant Bakers, Threadsails


Compiler and date details

25 July 2016 - Dianne J. Bray, Alice M. Clement, Douglass F. Hoese & Jennifer E. Gates

Douglass F. Hoese, Dianne J. Bray & Jennifer E. Gates

Introduction

The Aulopidae comprise four genera, with 15 described species. Three genera and six species occur in Australia.

The family is distinct from related families in having two supramaxillae. Aulopids occur over sand, sometimes adjacent to rocky reefs, and most are trawled in depths of 50-1000 m. Latropiscis purpurissatus, the sergeant baker, is found around rocky reefs in depths as shallow as 15 m. Most species are small, averaging 20-40 cm in length, but some reach a length of 60 cm.

Aulopids from the Indo-Pacific are currently being reviewed by Martin Gomon. Gomon et al. (2013) described a new genus and two new species from Australasia. Previously, Australian species were under study by Bruce Thompson. Hoese et al. (2006) provisionally reported on five species, based on comments and unpublished information by Thompson about this family in Australia. Gomon & Yearsley (2008) treated Latropiscis purpurissatus.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161

Gomon, M.F. & Yearsley, G.K. 2008. Family Aulopidae. 257 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [257]

Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp.

Mead, G.W. 1966. Family Aulopidae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 19-29 fig. 7

Okamura, O. & Kitajima, T. (eds) 1984. Fishes of the Okinawa Trench and Adjacent Waters. I. Tokyo : Japan Fisheries Resource Conservation Association 414 pp. 8 figs 205 pls.

Parin, N.V. & Kotlyar, A.N. 1989. A new aulopodid species, Hime microps, from the eastern South Pacific, with comments on geographic variations of H. japonica. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 35(4): 407-413

Thompson, B.A. 1998. Redescription of Aulopus bajacali Parin & Kotlyar, 1984, comments on its relationship and new distribution records. Ichthyological Research 45(1): 43-51

 

Common Name References

Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [36] (Sergeant Bakers)

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1919] (FAO) (Aulopus)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 25-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Hime Starks, 1924

 

Excluded Taxa

Misidentifications

AULOPIDAE: Hime formosana Lee & Chao, 1994 [Australian records based on misidnetified Hime diactithrix, previously considered a subspecies of Hime formosana] — Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [143]

AULOPIDAE: Hime japonica (Günther, 1877) [restricted to north-west Pacific, records from Australia based on misidentified Hime pyrhistion] — Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [146]

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Eastern Transition (15), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Central Western Province (6)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161

Gomon, M.F. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Three new fishes of the Indo-Pacific fish genus Hime (Aulopidae, Aulopiformes), all resembling the type species H. japonica (Günther 1877). Zootaxa 4044(3): 371-390

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
11-Apr-2024 SYNODONTOIDEI 11-Apr-2024 MODIFIED
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Nov-2019 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Hime curtirostris (Thomson, 1967)

CAAB: 37117003

Shortsnout Threadsail

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Off Raine Island, QLD (18º03´S) to S of Gabo Island, VIC (37º48´S); subtropical

Australian Endemic.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Central Eastern Transition (15), Kenn Transition (16), Kenn Province (17), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

64-400 m.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [141]

Gomon, M.F. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Three new fishes of the Indo-Pacific fish genus Hime (Aulopidae, Aulopiformes), all resembling the type species H. japonica (Günther 1877). Zootaxa 4044(3): 371-390 [372]

Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [464]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [227] (as Aulopus curtirostris)

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1920] (as Aulopus curtirostris)

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Shortsnout Threadsail)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 24-May-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Hime diactithrix (Prokofiev, 2008)

CAAB: 37117002

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

South-west of Shark Bay (27°07'E, 112°50'E) to south-west of Scott Reef (14°58'S, 121.37'E), WA; tropical, west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Province (2), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Province (6)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, sand bottom marine.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [141]

Gomon, M.F. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Three new fishes of the Indo-Pacific fish genus Hime (Aulopidae, Aulopiformes), all resembling the type species H. japonica (Günther 1877). Zootaxa 4044(3): 371-390 [387]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 24-May-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Hime pyrhistion (Gomon, Struthers & Stewart, 2013)

CAAB: 37117005

Flaming Flagfin, Japanese Threadsail (inappropriate name for Australian species)

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Coral Sea between Innisfail and Lihou Reef, QLD to off Sydney (33°50'S), Lord Howe Rise and Norfolk Ridge; subtropical, south-west Pacific (New Zealand)


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Norfolk Island Province (21), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

80–380 m

 

General References

Gomon, M.F., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Family Aulopidae. pp. 538-540 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [539]

Gomon, M.F. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Three new fishes of the Indo-Pacific fish genus Hime (Aulopidae, Aulopiformes), all resembling the type species H. japonica (Günther 1877). Zootaxa 4044(3): 371-390 [372]

Parin, N.V. & Kotlyar, A.N. 1989. A new aulopodid species, Hime microps, from the eastern South Pacific, with comments on geographic variations of H. japonica. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 35(4): 407-413 [412] (based on material at ZMM from Tasman Sea as Hime japonica)

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [147] (Flaming Flagfin)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Japanese Threadsail)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 24-May-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Latropiscis Whitley, 1931

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Australian Endemic.


IMCRA

Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Great Australian Bight Shelf Transition (32), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Western Bass Strait Shelf Transition (34), Bass Strait Shelf Province (35), Tasmanian Shelf Province (36), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39)

General References

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 08-Apr-2014 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Latropiscis purpurissatus (Richardson, 1843)

CAAB: 37117001

Sergeant Baker

 

Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Double Island Point, QLD (25º51´S) to north-east of Rottnest Island, WA (31º52´S); temperate.

Australian Endemic.


IMCRA

Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Great Australian Bight Shelf Transition (32), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Western Bass Strait Shelf Transition (34), Bass Strait Shelf Province (35), Tasmanian Shelf Province (36), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39)

Ecological Descriptors

Continental shelf, inshore, rock reef, soft bottom.

 

General References

Coleman, N. 1980. Australian Sea Fishes South of 30ºS. Lane Cove, NSW : Doubleday Australia Pty Ltd 309 pp. [45] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)

Edgar, G.J. 2008. Australian Marine Life: the plants and animals of temperate waters. Sydney : Reed New Holland 2nd edn, 624 pp. [467] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)

Glover, C.J.M. 1994. Family Aulopodidae. pp. 264-265 fig. 236 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [264] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [141]

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [141]

Gomon, M.F. & Yearsley, G.K. 2008. Family Aulopidae. 257 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [257]

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [128] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)

Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family AULOPIDAE. pp. 463-465 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [465] (as Hime purpurissata)

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [39] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)

Last, P.R., Scott, E.O.G. & Talbot, F.H. 1983. Fishes of Tasmania. Hobart : Tasmanian Fisheries Development Authority 563 pp. figs. [224] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [77] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (251, as Latropiscis purpurissatus)

Parin, N.V. & Kotlyar, A.N. 1989. A new aulopodid species, Hime microps, from the eastern South Pacific, with comments on geographic variations of H. japonica. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 35(4): 407-413 [407] (also listed only as Aulopus milesii)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [227] (as Aulopus purpurissatus)

Scott, T.D., Glover, C.J.M. & Southcott, R.V. 1974. The Marine and Freshwater Fishes of South Australia. Adelaide : Government Printer 392 pp. figs. [80]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (421, 422, as Latropiscis purpurissatus and L. milesii)

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [264] (Sergeant Baker)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Sergeant Baker)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 25-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Leptaulopus Gomon, Struthers & Stewart, 2013

 

Distribution

States

Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

West Pacific


IMCRA

Northeast Province (18), Southeast Shelf Transition (37)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 08-Apr-2014 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Leptaulopus damasi (Tanaka, 1915)

CAAB: 37117004

Esodamashi

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Off Marion Reef, Coral Sea, QLD; tropical, north-west Pacific (Japan & Taiwan).


IMCRA

Northeast Province (18)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope, sand bottom marine.

Extra Ecological Information

250–508 m.

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [155] (Esodamashi)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 23-May-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Leptaulopus erythrozonatus Gomon, Struthers & Stewart, 2013

CAAB: 37117006

Duckbill Flagn

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Off Batesman Bay, NSW (35°44.0'S, 150°13.0'E); temperate, south-west Pacific (New Zealand)


IMCRA

Southeast Shelf Transition (37)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf.

Extra Ecological Information

135-177 m

 

General References

Gomon, M.F., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. 2015. Family Aulopidae. pp. 538-540 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [540]

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Struthers, C.D. & A.L. Stewart. 2013. A new genus and two new species of the family Aulopidae (Aulopiformes), commonly referred to as Aulopus, flagfins, Sergeant Bakers or Threadsails, in Australasian waters. Species Diversity 18: 141-161 [157] (Duckbill Flagn)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 23-May-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Family SYNODONTIDAE

CAAB: 37118000

Lizardfishes


Compiler and date details

14 December 2016 - Douglass F. Hoese & Barry C. Russell

Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

The family Synodontidae comprises two subfamilies. These two were treated as distinct families in Paxton et al. (1989). Other workers recognised three subfamilies (Nelson 1994). Baldwin & Johnson (1996) removed the Bathysaurinae, raising it to the familial level (Bathysauridae). Russell (1999) followed the work of Baldwin & Johnson (1996).

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Nelson, J.S. 1994. Fishes of the World. New York : John Wiley & Sons 600 pp.

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp.

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.

 

Common Name References

Nelson, J.S. 1994. Fishes of the World. New York : John Wiley & Sons 600 pp. [207] (Lizardfishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Subfamily Synodontinae

CAAB: 37118000

Lizard Fishes, Lizardfishes


Compiler and date details

5 August 2016 - Douglass F. Hoese, B.C. Russell & Jennifer E. Gates

Douglass F. Hoese & Jennifer E. Gates

Introduction

Currently, Synodontinae include two genera and about 52 recognised species worldwide (Eschmeyer & Fong 2015). Two genera and 16 species of lizardfishes are recorded from Australian waters. Sulak (1977) moved the genus Saurida from the Synodontinae, placing it in Harpadontinae.

Lizardfishes are usually found over soft bottoms in shallow waters of the continental shelf, but are known to about 400 m. Several species occur on coral reefs. They reach a maximum size of between 8 and 22 cm.

Synodontines have been treated extensively by several authors. Sulak (1977) treated the relationships of the family, and more recently Baldwin & Johnson (1996) altered the classification. Cressey (1981) revised the Indo-Pacific species of Synodus and Anderson et al. (1966) and Polanco et al. (2016) treated Trachinocephalus. Waples & Randall (1989) presented a number of changes to the nomenclature of the genus Synodus. Many of the Australian species are treated in Russell (1999), but a number of taxonomic problems exist.

 

General References

Anderson, W.A., Gehringer, J.W. & Berry, F.H. 1966. Family Synodontidae. pp. 31-102 figs 8-35 in Olsen, Y.H. (ed.). Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Lizardfishes, other Iniomi, Deepsea Gulpers. Yale University : The Sears Foundation for Marine Research Mem. I Pt 5 647 pp. 220 pls.

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44

Eschemyer, W.N. & Fong, J.D. 2015 7 January 2015. Species by family/subfamily in the Catalog of Fishes. http://researcharchive.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/SpeciesByFamily.asp

Polanco F., A., Acero P., A. & Bentancur-R., R. 2016. No longer a circumtropical species: revision of the lizardfishes in the Trachinocephalus myops species complex, with description of a new species from the Marquesas Islands. Journal of Fish Biology 88(2): 1302-1326 [online 26 June 2016]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.

Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7

Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213

 

Common Name References

Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [36] (Lizardfishes)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1928] (FAO) (Lizardfishes)

Whitley, G.P. 1948. A list of the fishes of Western Australia. Western Australia Fish Department. Fisheries Bulletin 2: 1-35 map [13] (Lizard Fishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
04-Aug-2016 MODIFIED

Genus Synodus Scopoli, 1777

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Eastern Transition (15), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Cocos (Keeling) Island Province (22), Christmas Island Province (23), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory, Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands, Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater

General References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls.

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp.

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp.

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs.

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus binotatus Schultz, 1953

CAAB: 37118021

Twospot Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Rowley Shoals (17º05´S) and Scott Reef (14º04´S), WA, Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea (12º12´S) and Portlock Reef, Torres Strait (9º35´S) to off Southport (27º59´S), QLD, also Middleton Reef, Elizabeth Reef and Lord Howe Island, Tasman Sea; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

1–30 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. & Erdmann, M.V. 2012. Reef fishes of the East Indies. Perth : Tropical Reef Research 3 vols, 1260 pp. [123]

Chen, J.-P., Ho, H.-C. & Shao, K.-T. 2007. A new lizardfish (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae) from Taiwan with descriptions of three new records. Zoological Studies 46(2): 148-154 [149]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [9]

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]

Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [237]

Randall, J.E. 2005. Reef and shore fishes of the South Pacific. New Caledonia to Tahiti and the Pitcairn Islands. Honolulu : University of Hawaii Press 707 pp. [63]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [49]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [49]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1940]

Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [189]

 

Common Name References

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [49] (Twospot Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1940] (FAO) (Twospot Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Twospot Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus dermatogenys Fowler, 1912

CAAB: 37118003

Banded Lizardfish, Clearfin Lizardfish, Two-spot Lizardfish, Variegated Lizardfish

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Ningaloo Reef (22º41´S), Rowley Shoals (17º17´S), WA, Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea (12º15´S), to Sydney, NSW (33º51´S), also Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, Ashmore Reef, Coral Sea and Elizabeth Reef, Tasman Sea; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific; often misidentified as S. variegatus.


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Christmas Island Province (23), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Northwest Transition (3), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands, Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

1–32 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R., Steene, R.C. & Orchard, M. 2007. Fishes of Christmas Island. Christmas Island : Christmas Island Natural History Association 2 edn, 284 pp. [50]

Allen, G.R. & Erdmann, M.V. 2012. Reef fishes of the East Indies. Perth : Tropical Reef Research 3 vols, 1260 pp. [124]

Choat, J.H., van Herwerden, L., Robbins, W.D., Hobbs, J.P. & Ayling, A.M. 2006. A report on the ecological surveys undertaken at Middleton and Elizabeth Reefs, February 2006. Report by James Cook University to the Department of the Environment and Heritage. 65 pp. [51]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [6] (as a synonym of Synodus variegatus)

Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2 [158]

Francis, M.P. & Randall, J.E. 1993. Further additions to the fish faunas of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 118-135 figs 1-22 pls 1-4 [128]

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]

Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [122]

Johnson, J.W. 1999. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Moreton Bay, Queensland, Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 43(2): 709-762 [723]

Johnson, J.W. 2010. Fishes of the Moreton Bay Marine Park and adjacent continental shelf waters, Queensland, Australia. pp. 299-353 in Davie, P.J.F. & Phillips, J.A. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International Marine Biological Workshop, The Marine Fauna and Flora of Moreton Bay. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 54(3) [310]

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [41]

Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [38]

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [78] (as Synodus japonicus, a species now regarded as of uncertain identity)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (260, as S. variegatus)

Randall, J.E. 2005. Reef and shore fishes of the South Pacific. New Caledonia to Tahiti and the Pitcairn Islands. Honolulu : University of Hawaii Press 707 pp. [63]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [50]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1941]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (as S. variegatus)

Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [190]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (428, as S. variegatus)

 

Common Name References

Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [122] (misidentification) (Variegated Lizardfish)

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [41] (Two-spot Lizardfish)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50] (Clearfin Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1941] (FAO) (Banded Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Banded Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
08-May-2012 MODIFIED

Species Synodus doaki Russell & Cressey, 1979

CAAB: 37118022

Arrowtooth Lizardfish, Doak's Lizardfish

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

One Tree Island, QLD (23º30´S) to North Solitary Island, NSW (29°56'S), Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island; tropical, south-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.

 

General References

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [237]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [50]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1941]

Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Synodontidae. pp. 541-546 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [543]

 

Common Name References

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50] (Arrowtooth Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1941] (FAO) (Doak's Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Arrowtooth Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus hoshinonis Tanaka, 1917

CAAB: 37118010

Blackshoulder Lizardfish, Black-shouldered Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off PorExmouth, WA to Lizard Island, QLD; tropical, Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, inshore, soft bottom.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [238]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72]

 

Common Name References

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72] (Black-shouldered Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Blackshoulder Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED

Species Synodus houlti McCulloch, 1921

CAAB: 37118024

Hoult's Lizardfish

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Capricorn Group, Great Barrier Reef; subtropical, south-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Shelf Province (40)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, coral reef, sand bottom marine.

 

General References

Coleman, N. 1981. Australian Sea Fishes North of 30°S. Lane Cove, NSW : Doubleday Australia Pty Ltd 297 pp. [33]

Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [468]

 

Common Name References

Coleman, N. 1981. Australian Sea Fishes North of 30°S. Lane Cove, NSW : Doubleday Australia Pty Ltd 297 pp. [33] (Hoult's Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Hoult's Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus indicus (Day, 1873)

CAAB: 37118009

Indian Lizardfish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

W of Enderby Island, WA (20º36´S) to north of Gulf of Carpentaria, NT (137º); tropical, Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Province (2), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

20–100 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60]

Allen, G.R. & Swainston, R. 1988. The Marine Fishes of North-Western Australia. A field guide for anglers and divers. Perth, WA : Western Australian Museum vi 201 pp., 70 pls. [36]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]

Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [46]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [238]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72]

 

Common Name References

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942] (FAO) (Indian Lizardfish)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72] (Indian Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Indian Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus jaculum Russell & Cressey, 1979

CAAB: 37118015

Tailspot Lizardfish, Black-tailed Lizardfish, Javelinfish, Lighthouse Lizardfish, Tail-blotch Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Tantabiddi Creek (21°57`S), Rowley Shoals (17°20`S) and Scott Reef (13°56`S), WA, Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea (123°11`S) and Cape Melville, QLD (13º56´S) to Sydney, NSW (33º55´S); tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Province (2), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Northwest Transition (3), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

10–100 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60]

Allen, G.R., Steene, R.C. & Orchard, M. 2007. Fishes of Christmas Island. Christmas Island : Christmas Island Natural History Association 2 edn, 284 pp. [51]

Allen, G.R. & Erdmann, M.V. 2012. Reef fishes of the East Indies. Perth : Tropical Reef Research 3 vols, 1260 pp. [124]

Chen, J.-P., Ho, H.-C. & Shao, K.-T. 2007. A new lizardfish (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae) from Taiwan with descriptions of three new records. Zoological Studies 46(2): 148-154 [149]

Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp. [69]

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [42]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [238]

Randall, J.E. 2005. Reef and shore fishes of the South Pacific. New Caledonia to Tahiti and the Pitcairn Islands. Honolulu : University of Hawaii Press 707 pp. [64]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [50]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72]

 

Common Name References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60] (Tailspot Lizardfish)

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [42] (Tail-blotch Lizardfish)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [50] (Javelinfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942] (FAO) (Lighthouse Lizardfish)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72] (Black-tailed Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tailspot Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus kaianus (Günther, 1880)

CAAB: 37118011

Black Lizardfish, Kaianus Lizardfish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Bonaparte Gulf, WA (128º27´E) and E of Evans Shoal, Arafura Sea, NT (130º14´E), and east of Hinchinbrook Island, in Townsville Trough. (17°59'S, 147°06' E to SE of Heart Reef (22º10'S) QLD; tropical, east-Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Northwest Shelf Transition (26)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

200–400 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]

Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [238]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74]

Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [197]

 

Common Name References

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1942] (FAO) (Kaianus Lizardfish)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (Black Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Black Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 17-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus macrops Tanaka, 1917

CAAB: 37118012

Triplecross Lizardfish, Big-eyed Lizardfish, Enigmatic Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Port Hedland, WA (19º04'S) to N of Bathurst Island, Arafura Sea (10º02'S, 130º16'E) NT and E of Dunk Island (17º58'S) to Moreton Bay, QLD; tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

35–173 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60]

Allen, G.R. & Swainston, R. 1988. The Marine Fishes of North-Western Australia. A field guide for anglers and divers. Perth, WA : Western Australian Museum vi 201 pp., 70 pls. [36]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [238]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1943]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72]

 

Common Name References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60] (Big-eyed Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1943] (FAO) (Triplecross Lizardfish)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [72] (Enigmatic Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Triplecross Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus oculeus Cressey, 1981

CAAB: 37118030

Large-eye Lizardfish, Largeeye Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

SE of Vulcan Shoal (12º50´S, 124º22'E), WA to S of Evans Shoal, NT (10º05´S, 129º01'E), Timor Sea, and N of Townsville, QLD (17º53´S), also E of Flinders Reefs, Coral Sea (17º30´S); tropical, Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northeast Shelf Province (40)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

66–96 m.

 

General References

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1943]

 

Common Name References

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1943] (FAO) (Largeeye Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Large-eye Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus rubromarmoratus Russell & Cressey, 1979

CAAB: 37118025

Redmarbled Lizardfish, Red-marbled Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

SW of Broome (19º01´S) and Scott Reef (13º56´S), WA, and Tijou Reef (13º05´S) to One Tree Island (23º30'S), Qld, also Osprey Reef, Coral Sea (13º54´S); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Northeast Transition (19), Timor Province (2), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

1–15 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. & Erdmann, M.V. 2012. Reef fishes of the East Indies. Perth : Tropical Reef Research 3 vols, 1260 pp. [124]

Chen, J.-P., Ho, H.-C. & Shao, K.-T. 2007. A new lizardfish (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae) from Taiwan with descriptions of three new records. Zoological Studies 46(2): 148-154 [149]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [34]

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [469]

Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [38]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [239]

Randall, J.E. 1998. First record of the lizardfish Synodus rubromarmoratus Russell and Cressey from Hawaii and Japan. I.O.P. Diving News 9(12): 6-7 [6]

Randall, J.E. 2005. Reef and shore fishes of the South Pacific. New Caledonia to Tahiti and the Pitcairn Islands. Honolulu : University of Hawaii Press 707 pp. [64]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [51]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944]

 

Common Name References

Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [38] (Red-marbled Lizardfish)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51] (Redmarbled Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944] (FAO) (Redmarbled Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Redmarbled Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 17-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus sageneus Waite, 1905

CAAB: 37118004

Fishnet Lizardfish, Banded Lizardfish, Fish-net Lizardfish, Netted Lizardfish, Speartoothed Grinner

 

Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Fremantle, WA (32º03´S) to NW of Fraser Island, QLD (24º28´S); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

12–22 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 [36]

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [128]

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [470]

Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47]

Larson, H.K. & Williams, R.S. 1997. Darwin Harbour fishes: a survey and annotated checklist. pp. 339-380 in Hanley, H.R., Caswell, G., Megirian, D. & Larson, H.K. (eds). The Marine Flora and Fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia. Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biology Workshop. Darwin : Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory 466 pp. [348]

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [79] (and as as Xystodus banfieldi)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (258)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [239]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (430)

 

Common Name References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60] (Netted Lizardfish)

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [128] (Fishnet Lizardfish)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (Fish-net Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944] (FAO) (Speartoothed Grinner)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (Banded Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Fishnet Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus similis McCulloch, 1921

CAAB: 37118007

Streaky Lizardfish, Ear-spot Lizardfish, Simile Lizardfish, Southern Lizardfish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Torres Strait, QLD (10º11´S) to Montague Island, (36°15'S) NSW, also the Lord Howe island and Rise, Tasman Sea; tropical, south Pacific (east to Rapa).


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

25–35 m.

 

General References

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [129]

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [470]

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [32]

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [79]

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (259)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [239]

Randall, J.E. 2005. Reef and shore fishes of the South Pacific. New Caledonia to Tahiti and the Pitcairn Islands. Honolulu : University of Hawaii Press 707 pp. [64]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [496]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944]

Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Synodontidae. pp. 541-546 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [544]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (429, as Austrotirus similis)

 

Common Name References

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [129] (Streaky Lizardfish)

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [42] (Ear-spot Lizardfish)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [496] (Simile Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1944] (FAO) (Southern Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Streaky Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus tectus Cressey, 1981

CAAB: 37118026

Tectus Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

NW of Admiralty Gulf, NT (13º17'S, 125º09´E) to SE of Yamba (29°45'S) NSW; tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Ecological Descriptors

Continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

25–82 m.

 

General References

Chen, J.-P., Ho, H.-C. & Shao, K.-T. 2007. A new lizardfish (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae) from Taiwan with descriptions of three new records. Zoological Studies 46(2): 148-154 [153]

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [470]

Larson, H.K., Williams, R.S. & Hammer, M.P. 2013. An annotated checklist of the fishes of the Northern Territory, Australia. Zootaxa 3696(1): 1-293 [47]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [239]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945]

 

Common Name References

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945] (FAO) (Tectus Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tectus Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Synodus variegatus (Lacépède, 1803)

CAAB: 37118023

Variegated Lizardfish, Engleman's Lizardfish, Reef Lizardfish, Scaly-cheek Lizardfish

 

Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Houtman Abrolhos (28º30´S) to Berthier Island (14º30'S), Rowley Shoals (17º18`S), Scott Reef (14º04´S)WA, also Ashmore Reef (12º11`S) and Cartier Island (12º32`S), Timor Sea, and Murray Island, Torres Strait (9º56´S) to Montague Island, New South Wales (36º15'S) NSW, Holmes Reef, Herald Cays, Lihou Reef, Coral Sea also Elizabeth Reef, Lord Howe region and Norfolk Island, Tasman Sea and Christmas Island, Indian Ocean; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Norfolk Island Province (21), Cocos (Keeling) Island Province (22), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory, Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands, Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, coral reef, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

5–60 m.

 

General References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60]

Allen, G.R., Steene, R.C. & Orchard, M. 2007. Fishes of Christmas Island. Christmas Island : Christmas Island Natural History Association 2 edn, 284 pp. [28, 178]

Allen, G.R. & Erdmann, M.V. 2012. Reef fishes of the East Indies. Perth : Tropical Reef Research 3 vols, 1260 pp. [125]

Allen, G.R. & Smith-Vaniz, W.F. 1994. Fishes of Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 412: 1-21 [7]

Allen, G.R. & Swainston, R. 1988. The Marine Fishes of North-Western Australia. A field guide for anglers and divers. Perth, WA : Western Australian Museum vi 201 pp., 70 pls. [36]

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1-53 figs 1-44 (as S. englemanni)

Francis, M. 1993. Checklist of the coastal fishes of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadec Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 136-170 figs 1-2 [158]

Francis, M.P. & Randall, J.E. 1993. Further additions to the fish faunas of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, southwest Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science 47(2): 118-135 figs 1-22 pls 1-4 [128]

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [470]

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [41]

Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [36]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [239]

Randall, J.E. 2005. Reef and shore fishes of the South Pacific. New Caledonia to Tahiti and the Pitcairn Islands. Honolulu : University of Hawaii Press 707 pp. [64]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [51]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945]

Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Synodontidae. pp. 541-546 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [545]

Waples, R.S. & Randall, J.E. 1989. A revision of the Hawaiian lizardfishes of the genus Synodus, with descriptions of four new species. Pacific Science 42(3-4): 177-213 [203]

 

Common Name References

Allen, G.R. & Steene, R.C. 1988. Fishes of Christmas Island Indian Ocean. Christmas Island : Christmas Island Natural History Association 197 pp. [28] (Engleman's Lizardfish)

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [129] (Scaly-cheek Lizardfish)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51] (Reef Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945] (FAO) (Variegated Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Variegated Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Trachinocephalus Gill, 1861

 

Excluded Taxa

Misidentifications

SYNODONTIDAE: Trachinocephalus myops (Forster, 1801) [restricted to the Atlantic Ocean] — Polanco F., A., Acero P., A. & Bentancur-R., R. 2016. No longer a circumtropical species: revision of the lizardfishes in the Trachinocephalus myops species complex, with description of a new species from the Marquesas Islands. Journal of Fish Biology 88(2): 1302-1326 [online 26 June 2016] [1309]

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
11-Apr-2024 SYNODONTOIDEI 11-Apr-2024 MODIFIED
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Nov-2019 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
15-Jul-2015 MODIFIED

Species Trachinocephalus trachinus (Temminck & Schlegel, 1846)

CAAB: 37118002

Painted Grinner, Bluntnose Lizardfish, Painted Lizardfish, Painted Saury, Snakefish

 

Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Introduction

Polanco et al. (2016) separated the previously recognised world wide species Trachinocephalus myops into 3 species, T. myops from the Atlantic, T trachinus from the Indo-west-central Pacific and T. gauguini from the Marquesas. They included T. limbatus as a synonym of T. myops, but McCulloch (1929) suggested the type locality was probably Hawaii, which would make T. limbatus a junior synonym of T. trachinus as listed here.

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Garden Island, WA (32°12'S) to Nowra, NSW (34º53´S), Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island; tropical, temperate, Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

To 388 m (200 m in Australia).

 

General References

Hoese, D.F. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Synodontinae. pp. 467-471 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [471] (as Trachinocephalus myops)

Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [32] (as Trachinocephalus myops)

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [43] (as Trachinocephalus myops)

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [79] (as Trachinocephalus limbatus)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (257, as Trachinocephalus myops)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [239]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51] (as Trachinocephalus myops)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945] (as Trachinocephalus myops)

Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Synodontidae. pp. 541-546 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [546] (as Trachinocephalus myops)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (as Trachinocephalus myops)

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (431, as T. myops hypozona)

 

Common Name References

Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [122] (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Painted Grinner)

Hutchins, J.B. & Thompson, M. 1983. The Marine and Estuarine Fishes of South-western Australia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 103 pp. 345 figs. [20] (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Painted Lizardfish)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [51] (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Snakefish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1945] (FAO, as Trachinocephalus myops) (Bluntnose Lizardfish)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [74] (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Painted Saury)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (as Trachinocephalus myops) (Painted Grinner)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 15-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Subfamily Harpadontinae

CAAB: 37119000

Bombay Ducks, Sauries


Compiler and date details

14 December 2016 - Douglass F. Hoese, Barry C. Russell, John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray

Douglass F. Hoese, John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray

Introduction

The Harpadontinae comprise two genera and 28 species worldwide (Nelson 2006, Eschmeyer & Fong 2016). In Australian waters both genera and 8 named species are known to occur here. Other species have been recorded based on misidentifications.

Following the work of Sulak (1977) the genus Saurida is included here.

Most bombay ducks and sauries live over soft bottoms in coastal waters and on the continental shelf. Species of Harpadon are also found in estuaries and shallow bays. Maximum length for the family is 71 cm.

Harpadontines have not been revised recently. However, Saurida was revised by Shindo & Yamada (1972) who recognised nine Indo-Pacific species. Most Australian species are treated in Russell (1999), but a number of taxonomic problems exist, and further study is necessary to determine the harpadontine fauna of Australia (see Russell et al. 2015).

 

General References

Eschmeyer, W.N. & Fong, J.D. 2 August 2016. Species of Fishes by Family/Subfamily in the Catalog of Fishes. http://researcharchive.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/SpeciesByFamily.asp

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.

Russell, B.C., Golani, D. & Tikochinski, Y. 2015. Saurida lessepsianus a new species of lizardfish (Pisces: Synodontidae) from the Red Sea and Mediterranean Sea, with a key to Saurida species in the Red Sea. Zootaxa 3956(4): 559–568

Shindo, S. & Yamada, Y. 1972. Descriptions of three new species of the lizardfish genus Saurida, with a key to its Indo-Pacific species. 2 parts. UO. Japanese Society of Ichthyologists 11(11 and 12): 1-13 and 1-14 figs 1-17

Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7

 

Common Name References

Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [38] (Sauries)

Whitley, G.P. 1948. A list of the fishes of Western Australia. Western Australia Fish Department. Fisheries Bulletin 2: 1-35 map [13] (Bombay Ducks)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Harpadon Lesueur, 1825

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 30-May-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Harpadon translucens Saville-Kent, 1889

CAAB: 37119001

Glassy Bombay Duck, Bombay Duck, Ghost Grinner, Glassy Bombay-duck

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Bonaparte Archipelago, WA (124º45´E) to Brisbane, QLD (27º25´S); tropical, New Guinea.


IMCRA

Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, coastal, estuary, inshore.

Extra Ecological Information

1–75 m.

 

General References

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [135]

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [473]

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [77]

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [37] (261)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [242]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1936]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [76]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (423)

 

Common Name References

Grant, E.M. 1975. Guide to Fishes. Brisbane : Queensland Government, Co-ordinator General’s Department 640 pp. [92] (Glassy Bombay Duck)

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [134] (Ghost Grinner)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1936] (FAO) (Glassy Bombay Duck)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [76] (Glassy Bombay-duck)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Glassy Bombay Duck)

Whitley, G.P. 1966. Marine Fishes of Australia. Brisbane : Jacaranda Press Vol. 1 pp. 1-142. [33] (Bombay Duck)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Saurida Valenciennes, 1849

 

Introduction

The genus is currently under study by B. Russell and a number of previous records were misidentifications and distributions given for many species are tentative.

 

Excluded Taxa

Misidentifications

SYNODONTIDAE: Saurida elongata (Temminck & Schlegel, 1846) [Australian records from WAM and QM appear to be based on misidentification of other species (B. Russell). Further work is needed to resolve the species identifications. This species has been recorded with CAAB 37118008, Slender Saury in Hoese et al. 2006]

SYNODONTIDAE: Saurida macrolepis Tanaka, 1917 — Russell, B.C., Golani, D. & Tikochinski, Y. 2015. Saurida lessepsianus a new species of lizardfish (Pisces: Synodontidae) from the Red Sea and Mediterranean Sea, with a key to Saurida species in the Red Sea. Zootaxa 3956(4): 559–568 [560] (probably restricted to north-west Pacific)

SYNODONTIDAE: Saurida tumbil (Bloch, 1795) [Australian records as CAAB 37118028, Common Saury were based on misidentifications of other species (B. Russell). The species has been recorded from Australia from Shark Bay, WA to Jervis Bay, NSW in several works (Hoese et al. 2006; McCulloch 1929; Grant 1975, 2002; Munro 1961; Randall et al. 1997; Russell 1999; Whitley 1964 and numerous others) and at present it is not possible to determine which species were actually included in those works.]

SYNODONTIDAE: Saurida wanesio Shindo & Yamada, 1972 [Australian records based on misidentified Saurida filamentosa] — Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1937]

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, South Australia, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Atlantic-Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Christmas Island Province (23), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Northwest Transition (3), Southwest Shelf Transition (30), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory, Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands, Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater

General References

Grant, E.M. 1975. Guide to Fishes. Brisbane : Queensland Government, Co-ordinator General’s Department 640 pp.

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp.

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp.

Inoue, T. & Nakabo, T. 2006. The Saurida undosquamis group (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae), with description of a new species from southern Japan. Ichthyological Research 53(4): 379-397

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs.

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068.

Russell, B.C., Golani, D. & Tikochinski, Y. 2015. Saurida lessepsianus a new species of lizardfish (Pisces: Synodontidae) from the Red Sea and Mediterranean Sea, with a key to Saurida species in the Red Sea. Zootaxa 3956(4): 559–568

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
11-Apr-2024 SYNODONTOIDEI 11-Apr-2024 MODIFIED
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 13-Nov-2019 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Saurida argentea Macleay, 1881

CAAB: 37118005

Shortfin Saury, Short-finned Lizardfish

 

Taxonomic Decision for Synonymy

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Introduction

Further studies are needed to determine identity of material identified from Australia as S. micropectoralis and whether that species is a junior synonym of Saurida argentea as suggested by Larson et al. (2013).

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Shark Bay, WA (25°21`S) to Moreton Bay, QLD (27º19'S); tropical, west Pacific.


IMCRA

Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Central Western Shelf Transition (28), Central Western Shelf Province (29), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

1–70 m.

 

General References

Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp. (as S. micropectoralis)

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [473]

Johnson, J.W. & Gill, A.C. 2005. Reef and shore fishes of Sweers Island, Gulf of Carpentaria. Gulf of Carpentaria Scientific Study Report. Geography Monograph Series. Brisbane: Royal Geographic Society of Queensland. pp. 239-260 [240]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [243] (as a synonym of Saurida tumbil)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1937]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (as S. micropectoralis)

 

Common Name References

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (as Saurida micropectoralis) (Short-finned Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068. [1937], FAO) (Shortfin Saury)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 05-Aug-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Saurida filamentosa Ogilby, 1910

CAAB: 37118006

Threadfin Saury, Filamentous Saury, Thread-fin Grinner, Thread-fin Saury

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

North of Dampier, WA (19º30'S, 116º46'E) to Eden, NSW (37°04'S) and east of Swains Reefs, Coral Sea; tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Northeast Province (18), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

110–220 m.

 

General References

Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp. (as Saurida wanieso)

Grant, E.M. 1975. Guide to Fishes. Brisbane : Queensland Government, Co-ordinator General’s Department 640 pp. [104]

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [473]

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [78]

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (255)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. (as Saurida wanieso)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1937]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (427)

 

Common Name References

Grant, E.M. 1975. Guide to Fishes. Brisbane : Queensland Government, Co-ordinator General’s Department 640 pp. [104] (Thread-fin Grinner)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (Thread-fin Saury)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1937] (FAO) (Filamentous Saury)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Threadfin Saury)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 05-Aug-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Saurida gracilis (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824)

CAAB: 37118013

Gracile Saury, Gracile Lizardfish, Slender Grinner, Slender Lizardfish, Slender Saury

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Exmouth to Rowley Shoals and Scott Reef, WA and Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea and Ashmore Reef, Coral Sea to northern NSW and Herald Cays, Coral Sea; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific; some Australian records may be based on S. nebulosa.


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Norfolk Island Province (21), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Northwest Transition (3), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory, Territory of Ashmore & Cartier Islands

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

1–12 m.

 

General References

Coleman, N. 1980. Australian Sea Fishes South of 30ºS. Lane Cove, NSW : Doubleday Australia Pty Ltd 309 pp. [46]

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [132]

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [474]

Johnson, J.W. 1999. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Moreton Bay, Queensland, Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 43(2): 709-762 [723]

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [78]

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (252)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [243]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [49]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1938]

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (426)

 

Common Name References

Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls. [60] (Slender Grinner)

Kuiter, R.H. 1996. Guide to Sea Fishes of Australia. A comprehensive reference for divers and fishermen. Sydney, NSW, Australia : New Holland Publishers xvii, 434 pp. [38] (Slender Saury)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1990. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 507 pp. figs. [49] (Slender Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1938] (Gracile Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Gracile Saury)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 15-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Saurida grandisquamis Günther, 1864

Largescale Saury

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, South Australia, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Albany, WA to Moreton Bay, QLD and SA; tropical, subtropical, Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southwest Shelf Province (31), Spencer Gulf Shelf Province (33), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Other Regions

Torres Strait Islands terrestrial, marine & freshwater

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

To 100 m.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [270] (in part as S. undosquamis from SA)

Inoue, T. & Nakabo, T. 2006. The Saurida undosquamis group (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae), with description of a new species from southern Japan. Ichthyological Research 53(4): 379-397 [389] (as Saurida macrolepis, in part and as Saurida undosquamis)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1938]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 14-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Saurida longimanus Norman, 1939

CAAB: 37118014

Longfin Saury, Long-finned Lizardfish, Longfin Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

NW of Montebello Islands, WA (111º02'E) to Arafura Sea, NT (136º34'E); tropical, Indian.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Timor Province (2), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

55–280 m.

 

General References

Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp.

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [474]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [243]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1939]

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70]

 

Common Name References

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1939] (FAO) (Longfin Lizardfish)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (Long-finned Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Longfin Saury)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 06-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Saurida nebulosa Valenciennes, 1849

CAAB: 37118027

Clouded Saury, Blotched Saury, Clouded Lizardfish, Nebulous Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Cape York, QLD (10ºS) to Sydney Harbour, NSW; tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

2–60 m.

 

General References

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [474]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [243]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [496]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1939]

Waples, R.S. 1982. A biochemical and morphological review of the lizardfish genus Saurida in Hawaii, with description of a new species. Pacific Science 35(3): 217-235 figs 1-5

 

Common Name References

Kuiter, R.H. 1993. Coastal Fishes of South-eastern Australia. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 437 pp. [43] (Blotched Saury)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [496] (Nebulous Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1939] (FAO) (Clouded Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Clouded Saury)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 06-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Saurida undosquamis (Richardson, 1848)

CAAB: 37118001

Largescale Saury, Brushtooth Lizardfish, Checkered Lizardfish, Large Scale Grinner, Large-scaled Grinner, Large-scaled Saury, Saury

 

Generic Combinations

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Introduction

The species, as previously recognised, has been shown to be a composite of several related species (see Russell et al. 2015). The names used here follow Russell (1999). Inoue & Nakabo (2006) suggested a different classification and considered Saurida grandisquamis as a junior synonym of S. undosquamis. Because of the confusion, some distribution records may be in error.

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Perth, WA to eastern Vic; tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Province (2), Northern Shelf Province (25), Northwest Shelf Transition (26), Northwest Shelf Province (27), Southeast Shelf Transition (37), Central Eastern Shelf Province (38), Central Eastern Shelf Transition (39), Northeast Shelf Province (40), Northeast Shelf Transition (41)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf, continental slope, inshore, soft bottom.

Extra Ecological Information

20–350 m.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [270]

Grant, E.M. 2002. Guide to Fishes. Redcliffe : EM Grant Pty Ltd 880 pp. [132]

Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Family Synodontidae, subfamily Harpadontinae. pp. 472-476 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [475]

Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [32]

Inoue, T. & Nakabo, T. 2006. The Saurida undosquamis group (Aulopiformes: Synodontidae), with description of a new species from southern Japan. Ichthyological Research 53(4): 379-397

McCulloch, A.R. 1929. A check-list of the fishes recorded from Australia. Part I. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 5: 1–144 [77] (S. tumbil in part, considered Saurida undosquamis as a junior synonym)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (254, in part)

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [244]

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [497]

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1940]

Russell, B.C., Golani, D. & Tikochinski, Y. 2015. Saurida lessepsianus a new species of lizardfish (Pisces: Synodontidae) from the Red Sea and Mediterranean Sea, with a key to Saurida species in the Red Sea. Zootaxa 3956(4): 559–568

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (in part)

Whitley, G.P. 1964. A survey of Australian Ichthyology. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89(1): 11-127 [37] (425, in part)

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [270] (Largescale Saury, Large Scale Grinner, Saury)

Hutchins, J.B. & Swainston, R. 1986. Sea Fishes of Southern Australia. Complete field guide for anglers and divers. Perth : Swainston Publishing 180 pp. [123] (Large-scaled Grinner)

Munro, I.S.R. 1961. Handbook of Australian fishes. Nos 1–42. Australian Fisheries Newsletter 15–17, 19, 20: 1-172 [published as separates 1956–1961] [36] (Large-scaled Saury)

Randall, J.E., Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 1997. Fishes of the Great Barrier Reef and Coral Sea. Bathurst : Crawford House Press 557 pp. figs. [496] (Brushtooth Lizardfish)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1940] (Brushtooth Lizardfish)

Sainsbury, K.J., Kailola, P.J. & Leyland, G.G. 1984. Continental Shelf Fishes of Northern and North-Western Australia. Canberra : Fisheries Information Service 375 pp. figs & pls. [70] (Checkered Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Largescale Saury)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 09-Jun-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Incertae Sedis

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 05-Aug-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Suborder CHLOROPHTHALMOIDEI

Introduction

Baldwin & Johnson (1996) defined the suborder Chlorophthalmoidei. It contains five families of benthic fishes that occur over soft bottoms on the continental shelf and slope to depths over 2000 m.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Family BATHYSAUROIDIDAE

CAAB: 37120000

Pale Deepsea Lizardfish


Compiler and date details

16 July 2016 - Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

The family Bathysauroididae contains a single genus and species known from continental shelf waters of the west Pacific (Nelson 2006). Previously Bathysauroides gigas was placed in the Chlorophthalmidae (Nelson 1994) and in the suborder Giganturoidei (Baldwin & Johnson 1996). Sato & Nakabo (2002) recovered Bathysauroides as the basal member of Chlorophthalmoidei, and placed it in its own family. Davis (2010) in an analysis of morphological and molecular characters, concurred with Sato & Nakabo (2002) in retaining Bathysauroides in the family Bathysauroididae, and recovered the group in the suborder Alepisauroidei as sister to the families Giganturidae and Bathysauridae (based on morphological characters). The single species is benthic on the continental slope and attains a maximum size of 29 cm SL.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Nelson, J.S. 1994. Fishes of the World. New York : John Wiley & Sons 600 pp.

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Bathysauroides Baldwin & Johnson, 1996

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Tropical, north-west Pacific


IMCRA

Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46 [44]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathysauroides gigas (Kamohara, 1952)

CAAB: 37120007

Pale Deepsea Lizardfish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Dampier, WA (19º17´–18º23´S) and off Raine Island (11º35´S) to northwest of Townsville, QLD (17°57'S); tropical, north-west Pacific (Japan).


IMCRA

Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

General References

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp. [435]

Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp. (as gen. and sp. nov.)

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1924]

Shcherbachev, N.P. & Pakhorukov, N.P. 2002. On diagnostic features and distribution of species of mesobenthic genus Bathysauropsis (Aulopiformes, Ipnopidae). Voprosy Ikhtiologii 42(4): 564-566 (as Bathysauropsis gigas)

Somiya, H., Yamakawa, T. & Okiyama, M. 1996. Bathysauropsis gigas, a deep-sea aulopiform fish with a peculiar iris process and a pure-cone retina. Journal of Fish Biology 49: 175–181 (as Bathysauropsis gigas)

Yamakawa, T. 1981. Second record of Bathysauropsis gigas (Kamohara) from Kochi, Japan. The Memoirs of the Faculty of Sciences of the Kochi University Ser. D (Bio1.)(2): 29-32

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Pale Deepsea Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Family CHLOROPHTHALMIDAE

CAAB: 37120000

Greeneyes


Compiler and date details

22 July 2016 - Martin F. Gomon, Dianne J. Bray, Douglass F. Hoese, John R. Paxton & Jennifer E. Gates

8 December 2011 - Dianne J. Bray & Martin F. Gomon

Introduction

Members of the Chlorophthalmidae occur on the outer shelf and slope of all three oceans. Two genera and 19 species are recognised worldwide (Eschmeyer 2011). In Australian waters, five species in one genus have been collected (Gomon et al. 2014). Some are undescribed and some names currently in use will change . In addition, an unidentified species of Parasudis occurs in the tropical waters of Western Australia.

Greeneyes are benthic fishes that inhabit the continental shelf and slope. They have large eyes, a moderate gape with the jaws not extending beyond the eyes, a protruding lower jaw and a moderate to long, usually depressed, snout. Recorded food items include bottom-dwelling invertebrates. Maximum length is about 40 cm.

The chlorophthalmids require a comprehensive revision as well as the redescription of the type specimens of the nominal Indo-Pacific species. Mead (1966) revised the North Atlantic species and Kamohara (1953) reviewed those from Japanese waters. Sato & Nakabo (2002) transferred eight species of Chlorophthalmus into the genus Paraulopus, Family Paraulopidae, and placed Bathysauroides and Bathysauropsis in separate families. Sulak (1977), Johnson (1982), Hartel & Stiassny (1986), Baldwin & Johnson (1996) and Davis (2010) discussed family relationships.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Eschmeyer, W.N. 2011. Catalog of Fishes. Online version updated 29 March 2011. http://research.calacademy.org/redirect?url=http://researcharchive.calacademy.org/research/Ichthyology/catalog/fishcatmain.asp

Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034

Hartel, K.E. & Stiassny, L.J. 1986. The identification of larval Parasudis (Teleostei, Chlorophthalmidae); with notes on the anatomy and relationships of aulopiform fishes. Breviora. Museum of Comparative Zoology 487: 1-23

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Kamohara, T. 1953. A review of the fishes of the family Chlorophthalmidae found in the waters of Japan. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 3(1): 1-6 figs 1-4

Mead, G.W. 1966. Family Chlorophthalmidae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 162-189 figs 44-47

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46

Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [267] (Greeneyes)

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1921] (FAO) (Greeneyes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 22-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Chlorophthalmus Bonaparte, 1840

 

Introduction

Using DNA bar coding, Gomon et al. (2014) identified two undescribed species from slope waters of Australia. Many previous records of species were misidentifications. Information presented here is tentative pending publication of a review of the genus from Australia. Several species previously placed in this genus are now placed in other genera in the family Paraulopidae.

 

Excluded Taxa

Misidentifications

CHLOROPHTHALMIDAE: Chlorophthalmus agassizi Bonaparte, 1840 [restricted to Atlantic Ocean, Australian records based on misidentified Chlorophthalmus pectoralis and undescribed species] — Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Chlorophthalmus acutifrons Hiyama, 1940

CAAB: 37120009

Humpback Greeneye

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

North of Cape Leveque (15°37'S, 120°48'E) to west of Cartier Island (12°32'S, 123°26'E), WA and off Raine Island, QLD (11°35'S, 144°02'E) to east of Cape Hawke, NSW (32°07'S, 153°05'E); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific (Japan and New Zealand)


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Cape Province (20)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

General References

Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Families Chlorophthalmidae, Bathysauropsidae. pp. 547-552 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [549] (Humpback Greeneye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 17-Jul-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Chlorophthalmus nigromarginatus Kamohara, 1953

CAAB: 37120004

Blackedge Greeneye

 

Introduction

The genus is currently under study and some early literature records are not reliable for this species (Gomon et al 2014).

 

Distribution

States

Northern Territory, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

North of Port Hedland, WA (19°01' S, 117°12'E) to Arafura Sea, NT (9°21'S, 133°12'E); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Timor Transition (1), Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

General References

Gloerfelt-Tarp, T. & Kailola, P.J. 1984. Trawled Fishes of Southern Indonesia and Northwest Australia. Jakarta : Dir. Gen. Fish. (Indonesia), German Tech. Coop., Aust. Dev. Ass. Bur. 406 pp.

Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E., Bray, D.J. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 479-480 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [480]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [232]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Blackedge Greeneye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Chlorophthalmus pectoralis Okamura & Doi, 1984

Bigeye Greeneye

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

North of Port Hedland (18°23'S, 117°41'E) to south of Scott Reef (14°17'S, 122°03'E); tropical, east-Indo-west Pacific


IMCRA

Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental shelf.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Families Chlorophthalmidae, Bathysauropsidae. pp. 547-552 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [550]

Gomon, M. F., Ward, R.D., Chapple, S. & Hale, J.M. 2014. The use of DNA barcode evidence for inferring species of Chlorophthalmus (Aulopiformes, Chlorophthalmidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Marine and Freshwater Research 65: 1027–1034

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Families Chlorophthalmidae, Bathysauropsidae. pp. 547-552 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [550] (Bigeye Greeneye)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 17-Jul-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Family BATHYSAUROPSIDAE

CAAB: 37120000

Black Deepsea Lizardfishes, Largescale Deep Sea Lizardfishes


Compiler and date details

28 May 2016 - Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

The family Bathysauropsidae comprises a single genus and two species, with one species found in Australian waters. Sulak (1977) placed the genus Bathysauropsis in the family Chlorophthalmidae, whereas Hartel & Stiassney (1986) placed it in the family Ipnopidae. Baldwin & Johnson (1996) suggested that Bathysauropsis was distinctive from other Aulopiform fishes, and placed the genus in the Giganturoidei. Sato & Nakabo (2002) elevated Bathysauropsis to familial status within the Chlorophthalmoidei. Davis (2010) in an analysis of morphological and molecular characters, concurred with Sato & Nakabo (2002) in retaining Bathysauropsis in the family Bathysauropsidae, and recovered the genus as the sister group to the family Ipnopidae (based on morphological characters). Shcherbachev & Pakhorukov (2002) revised the species.
Bathysauropsis is benthic in depths of 800 to 3000 m. Maximum size is 32 cm.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Hartel, K.E. & Stiassny, L.J. 1986. The identification of larval Parasudis (Teleostei, Chlorophthalmidae); with notes on the anatomy and relationships of aulopiform fishes. Breviora. Museum of Comparative Zoology 487: 1-23

Sato, T. & Nakabo, T. 2002. Paraulopidae and Paraulopus, a new family and genus of aulopiform fishes with revised relationships within the order. Ichthyological Research 49: 25-46

Shcherbachev, N.P. & Pakhorukov, N.P. 2002. On diagnostic features and distribution of species of mesobenthic genus Bathysauropsis (Aulopiformes, Ipnopidae). Voprosy Ikhtiologii 42(4): 564-566

Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 15-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Bathysauropsis Regan, 1911

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Southern circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), West Tasmania Transition (9)

General References

Shcherbachev, N.P. & Pakhorukov, N.P. 2002. On diagnostic features and distribution of species of mesobenthic genus Bathysauropsis (Aulopiformes, Ipnopidae). Voprosy Ikhtiologii 42(4): 564-566

Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7 [53]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 20-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathysauropsis gracilis (Günther, 1878)

CAAB: 37120018

Black Deepsea Lizardfish, Black Lizardfish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Off Sydney, NSW (33º54´S), to off Robe, SA (139º20´S) and south of TAS (44°20'S), also Lord Howe Rise and Norfolk Ridge, Tasman Sea; temperate, southern circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), West Tasmania Transition (9)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental rise, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

300-2835 m

 

General References

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Families Chlorophthalmidae, Bathysauropsidae. pp. 547-552 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [552]

Hoese, D.F. 2006. Bathysauropsidae. p. 481 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [481]

Paulin, C., Stewart, A., Roberts, C. & McMillan, P. 1989. New Zealand fish: a complete guide. National Museum of New Zealand Miscellaneous Series 19: 1-279 [105]

Shcherbachev, N.P. & Pakhorukov, N.P. 2002. On diagnostic features and distribution of species of mesobenthic genus Bathysauropsis (Aulopiformes, Ipnopidae). Voprosy Ikhtiologii 42(4): 564-566 [564] (p. 491 in English translation)

Somiya, H., Yamakawa, T. & Okiyama, M. 1996. Bathysauropsis gigas, a deep-sea aulopiform fish with a peculiar iris process and a pure-cone retina. Journal of Fish Biology 49: 175–181

Sulak, K.J. 1986. Family No. 76: Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 261-265 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [264]

Trunov, I.A. 1999. New data on species of fish from subantarctic and Antarctic waters of the Atlantic Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 39(7): 488-497 [English translation] [463]

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase, New Zealand) (Black Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Black Deepsea Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 20-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Family NOTOSUDIDAE

CAAB: 37125000

Paperbones, Waryfishes, Wearyfishes


Compiler and date details

20 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Dianne, J. Bray, Jennifer E. Gates & Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

The Notosudidae were reviewed by Marshall (1966) and were revised comprehensively by Bertelsen et al. (1976), who recognised 19 species in three genera. In Australia, eight species in two genera have been recorded.

Paperbones or wearyfishes occur in all oceans and, as larvae, are found near the surface. Early juveniles, later juveniles and some adults are mesopelagic; other adults are benthopelagic over slope waters down to 2000 m. Prey items include small and large crustaceans, and for the largest animals, fishes. They are slender, scaled fishes with short dorsal and anal-fin bases and relatively small teeth. The largest of the relatively few adults captured exceeds 50 cm standard length.

 

General References

Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1

Marshall, N.B. 1966. Family Scopelosauridae. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(5): 194-204 figs 50-54

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [265] (Paperbones, Wearyfishes)

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1927] (FAO) (Waryfishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 20-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Luciosudis Fraser-Brunner, 1931

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

As for only known species: southern circumglobal (excluding central and east Pacific)


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Norfolk Island Province (21)

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Luciosudis normani Fraser-Brunner, 1931

CAAB: 37125003

Norman's Waryfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Off Tuggerah Lake, NSW (33º18´S) to off south-eastern TAS (44º01´S) and Norfolk Ridge, south of Norfolk Island, also known from the Kerguelen Islands and likely to occur at Heard Island and McDonald Islands and Macquarie Island; temperate, southern circumglobal (excluding central and east Pacific).


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Norfolk Island Province (21)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [482]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [556]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Norman's Waryfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 18-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Scopelosaurus Bleeker, 1860

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Province (18), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Macquarie Island Province (24), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelosaurus ahlstromi Bertelsen, Krefft & Marshall, 1976

CAAB: 37125001

Ahlstrom's Waryfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Tuggerah Lake, NSW (33º17´S) to south of Albany, WA and off Lord Howe Island; temperate, southern circumglobal (except central and east Pacific).


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Southern Province (8)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F. 2008. Families Notosudidae, Evermannellidae. pp. 262-264 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [263]

Krefft, G. 1986. Family No. 78. Notosudidae. pp. 268-270 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [269]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [229]

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [557]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Ahlstrom's Waryfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelosaurus hamiltoni (Waite, 1916)

CAAB: 37125004

Smallscale Waryfish, Giant Waryfish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Sydney (33º53´S) to off Kiama (34º40´S), NSW and south-west of of Cape Leeuwin, WA (34º51´S, 114º23´S); temperate, southern circumglobal (except east Pacific).


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Macquarie Island Province (24), Southwest Transition (7)

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.

 

General References

Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [229]

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Smallscale Waryfish)

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [559] (Giant Waryfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelosaurus herwigi Bertelsen, Krefft & Marshall, 1976

CAAB: 37125007

Herwig's Waryfish

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Off south-eastern TAS (42°38'S, 149°35'E); temperate, south Atlantic-Indo-west Pacific (east to New Zealand)


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

Extra Ecological Information

To 1250 m

 

General References

Krefft, G. 1986. Family No. 78. Notosudidae. pp. 268-270 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [269]

 

Common Name References

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [560] (Herwig's Waryfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 18-Jul-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Scopelosaurus hoedti Bleeker, 1860

CAAB: 37125005

Hoedt's Waryfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

East of Osprey Reef, Coral Sea (13º34'S) and Cairns Seamount (6°28'S, 147°13'E) and off northern NSW (32ºS); tropical, Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [230]

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Hoedt's Waryfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelosaurus mauli Bertelsen, Krefft & Marshall, 1976

CAAB: 37125006

Maul's Waryfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

North of Osprey Reef, Coral Sea (12º23'S, 146º30'E) and off east of Newcastle, NSW (33º01´S); tropical, Atlantic Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Cape Province (20)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [230]

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Maul's Waryfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelosaurus meadi Bertelsen, Krefft & Marshall, 1976

CAAB: 37125002

Blackring Waryfish, Mead's Lizardfish, Meads Wearyfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Tasmania, Victoria


Extra Distribution Information

Off Sydney, NSW (33º53´S) to off south-western TAS (43º50´S); temperate, southern circumglobal (except central and east Pacific).


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12)

Ecological Descriptors

Bathypelagic, mesopelagic.

 

General References

Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. Dana Reports 86: 1-115 figs 1-67 pl. 1

Gomon, M.F. 1994. Families Notosudidae, Omosudidae. pp. 265-267 figs 237-238 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [266]

Gomon, M.F. 2008. Families Notosudidae, Evermannellidae. pp. 262-264 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [263]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [230]

Paxton, J.R. & Gates, J.E. 2006. Notosudidae. pp. 482-483 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [483]

Stewart, A.L. 2015. Family Notosudidae. pp. 553-574 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [561]

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [265] (Mead's Lizardfish, Meads Wearyfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Blackring Waryfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Scopelosaurus smithii Bean, 1925

CAAB: 37125008

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Tasmania, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Exmouth Plateau, WA (20°16'S, 113°13'E), Queensland Plateau, Coral Sea, QLD (16°55 S, 151°34 E) and southern TAS (43°52'S, 148°05'E), tropical, temperate, southern circumglobal (except for Eastern Pacific)


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Northeast Province (18), Northwest Province (4)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 18-Jul-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Family IPNOPIDAE

CAAB: 37123000

Spiderfishes, Tripod Fishes


Compiler and date details

15 December 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray

Introduction

The Ipnopidae with some 29 species in five genera occur in slope and abyssal waters of all oceans (Merrett & Nielsen 1987; Nelson 2006). Ten species in three genera occur in Australian waters. Bathypterois oddi has been recorded from New Zealand and southern Australia (Gomon 2015), but from over 4000 m, outside the Australian region. The work of Baldwin & Johnson (1996) is followed here in recognising the group at the familial level. Some workers include Bathysauropsis in this family, but it is now placed in its own family.

Ipnopids are benthic predators. They have tiny or rudimentary eyes or lensless plates, a depressed head and usually some of the fin rays are thickened and elongate. Some of these deepsea fishes are known to use their extraordinarily elongate pelvic fins and the tail fin to prop themselves up off the bottom to seek prey, predominantly crustaceans, in the current-borne plankton. Maximum length is about 36 cm.

The tripod fishes and relatives have not been comprehensively revised recently. Nielsen (1966) revised Ipnops and related genera, and Sulak (1977) revised Bathypterois and discussed relationships. Shcherbachev (1980) reviewed the species from the Indian Ocean.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Ipnopidae. pp. 562-565 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576.

Merrett, N.R. & Nielsen, J.G. 1989. A new genus and species of the family Ipnopidae (Pisces, Teleostei) from the eastern North Atlantic, with notes on its ecology. Journal of Fish Biology 31: 451-464

Nelson, J.S. 2006. Fishes of the World. Hoboken, New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 601 pp.

Nielsen, J.G. 1966. Synopsis of the Ipnopidae (Pisces, Iniomi) with description of two new abyssal species. Galathea Report 8: 49-75 figs 1-15 pls xiv-xvi

Shcherbachev, Y.N. 1980. Preliminary review of the Indian Ocean species of the Chlorophthalmidae (Myctophiformes, Osteichthyes). pp. 47-67 in Parin, N.V. (ed.). Fishes of the Open Ocean. Moscow : Academy of Sciences 120 pp. [in Russian]

Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7

 

Common Name References

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 1919-1927 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1923] (FAO) (Tripod Fishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 19-Dec-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Bathypterois Günther, 1878

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Northeast Province (18), Timor Province (2), Norfolk Island Province (21), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6), Southern Province (8)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

General References

Davis, M.P. & Chakrabarty, P. 2011. Tripodfish locomotion and landing behavior (Aulopiformes: Bathypterois) from video observations at bathypelagic depths in the campos basin of Brazil. Marine Biology Research 7(3): 297-303

Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 30-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathypterois andriashevi Sulak & Shcherbachev, 1988

CAAB: 37123009

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Off Lihou Reef (16°55'S, 151°34'E) and Marion Plateau (18°59'S, 150°32'E), Coral Sea, QLD; subtropical, south-west Pacific


IMCRA

Northeast Province (18)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

879-886 m in Coral Sea

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 20-Jul-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Bathypterois filiferus Gilchrist, 1906

CAAB: 37123011

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Great Australian Bight, SA (35°45'S, 134°07'E), Lord Howe Rise north of Lord Howe Island (28°30'S, 161°16'E) and Norfolk Ridge, north of Norfolk Island based on specimens in CSIRO and AM; Atlantic


IMCRA

Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21), Southern Province (8)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental rise.

Extra Ecological Information

1530-2800 m

 

General References

Sulak, K. 1986. Family No. 76: Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 261-265 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [262]

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 15-Dec-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Bathypterois grallator (Goode & Bean, 1886)

CAAB: 37123007

Tripod Spiderfish, Tripodfish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

Tasmania, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

East of Flinders Island, TAS (39º49'S, 149º06'E) and west of North West Cape, WA (22º01´S); tropical, temperate, Atlantic-Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Western Transition (5)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

General References

Jones, A.T. & Sulak, K.J. 1990. First central Pacific plate and Hawaiian record of the deep-sea tripod fish Bathypterois grallator (Pisces: Chlorophthalmidae). Pacific Science 44: 254-257

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [485]

Williams, A., Last, P.R., Gomon, M.F. & Paxton, J.R. 1996. Species composition and checklist of the demersal ichthyofauna of the continental slope off Western Australia (20–35º). Records of the Western Australian Museum 18: 135-155 [147]

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Tripodfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tripod Spiderfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 20-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathypterois guentheri Alcock, 1889

CAAB: 37123005

Tribute Spiderfish

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

North-west of Shark Bay (24º28'S) to north of Port Hedland, WA (17º47'S, 118º19'E) and Coral Sea (ca 18ºS); tropical, Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Northeast Province (18), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

1020-1700 m in Australia

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [485]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [235]

Williams, A., Last, P.R., Gomon, M.F. & Paxton, J.R. 1996. Species composition and checklist of the demersal ichthyofauna of the continental slope off Western Australia (20–35º). Records of the Western Australian Museum 18: 135-155 [147]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Tribute Spiderfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 21-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathypterois longifilis Günther, 1878

CAAB: 37123002

Longray Spiderfish, Feeler Fish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland


Extra Distribution Information

Off Danger Point, QLD (28º03´S) to off Ulladulla, NSW (35º27´S) and Lord Howe Rise and Norfolk Ridge; temperate, south-west Pacific (New Zealand).


IMCRA

Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Norfolk Island Province (21)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F. 2015. Family Ipnopidae. pp. 562-565 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 2 pp. 1-576. [564]

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [485]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [235]

Sulak, K.J. 1977. The systematics and biology of Bathypterois (Pisces, Chlorophthalmidae) with a revised classification of benthic myctophiform fishes. Galathea Report 14: 49-108 figs 1-32 pls 1-7

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Feeler Fish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Longray Spiderfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 21-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathypterois longipes Günther, 1878

CAAB: 37123003

Abyssal Spiderfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales


Extra Distribution Information

Off Newcastle, NSW (32º59´S); temperate, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

Trawled in 3000 m.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [236]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Web 2004. Fishbase. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary., Fishbase, FAO) (Abyssal Spiderfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 01-Aug-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathypterois parini Shcherbachev & Sulak, 1988

CAAB: 37123010

 

Introduction

Records of the species from Australia are based on a tentative identification of Coral Sea material in Last et al. (2014) and specimens in AM from WA.

 

Distribution

Extra Distribution Information

Exmouth Plateau, WA (21°28'S, 113°39'E) and Coral Sea, east of Townsville (18°58'S, 159°34'E and 16 °53'S, 151°23'E), QLD; tropical, Indo-west Pacific


IMCRA

Northeast Province (18), Northwest Province (4)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
AULOPIFORMES 21-Jul-2016 ADDED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)

Species Bathypterois ventralis Garman, 1899

CAAB: 37123006

Ventrad Spiderfish

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off Kalbarri (27º33´S) to off south-west of Scott Reef (143º7'S, 121º20'E), WA; tropical, discontinuous (east Pacific).


IMCRA

Timor Province (2), Northwest Transition (3), Northwest Province (4), Central Western Transition (5), Central Western Province (6)

Distribution References

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]

Williams, A., Last, P.R., Gomon, M.F. & Paxton, J.R. 1996. Species composition and checklist of the demersal ichthyofauna of the continental slope off Western Australia (20–35º). Records of the Western Australian Museum 18: 135-155 [147] (tentative identification)

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Ventrad Spiderfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 21-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Bathytyphlops Nybelin, 1957

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Transition (3)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 21-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathytyphlops marionae Mead, 1958

CAAB: 37123008

Marion's Spiderfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

South-west of Rowley Shoals, WA (18°23'S, 116°48'E), east of Osprey Reef, QLD (13°49'E) and from off Tuncurry, NSW, (32°07´S, 153°09´E), also south of Christmas Island; tropical, Atlantic Indo-west-central Pacific.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Christmas Island Province (23), Northwest Transition (3)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

Trawled in 1050–1150 m.

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]

Shcherbachev, Y.N. 1980. Preliminary review of the Indian Ocean species of the Chlorophthalmidae (Myctophiformes, Osteichthyes). pp. 47-67 in Parin, N.V. (ed.). Fishes of the Open Ocean. Moscow : Academy of Sciences 120 pp. [in Russian] [65]

 

Common Name References

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Marion's Spiderfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 27-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Genus Ipnops Günther, 1878

 

Introduction

Some unidentified material is known from Australia and other species may occur in Australian waters.

 

Excluded Taxa

Misidentifications

IPNOPIDAE: Ipnops murrayi Günther, 1878 — Thompson, B.A. 2003. Families Aulopidae, Chlorophthalidae, Ipnopidae, Scopelarchidae, Notosudidae. pp. 914-922 in Carpenter, K.E. (ed.). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Atlantic. Rome : FAO & American Society of Ichthyologists & Herpetologists Vol. 2 602-1373 pp. [918]; Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Southern Province (8)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 22-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Ipnops agassizii Garman, 1899

CAAB: 37123004

Grideye Spiderfish, Grideye Fish

 

Miscellaneous Literature Names

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Off northern Coral Sea, Qld (11°36'S, 145°29'E to 13°52'S, 146°33'E), off Nowra, NSW (34°58'S) and off Eucla, WA (128º12´E); tropical, temperate, Indo-Pacific.


IMCRA

Central Eastern Province (12), Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Southern Province (8)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental rise, continental slope.

Extra Ecological Information

1600-4000 m

 

General References

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Bray, D.J. 2006. Ipnopidae. pp. 484-486 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [486]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [236] (as Ipnops murrayi)

Sulak, K.J. 1986. Family No. 76: Chlorophthalmidae. pp. 261-265 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx + 1047 pp. 144 pls. [264]

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase) (Grideye Fish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Grideye Spiderfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 24-May-2022 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Suborder GIGANTUROIDEI


Compiler and date details

16 July 2016 - Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

Baldwin & Johnson (1996) defined the suborder Giganturoidei. Wiley & Johnson (2010) followed that classification. It comprises two families of fishes found in mesopelagic and benthic environments of the continental slope in all oceans. Davis (2010) included this group in the suborder Alepisauroidei as a supefamily Ipnopoidea along with the Bathysauropsidae, Bathysauroididae and Ipnopidae.

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Davis, M.P. 2010. Evolutionary relationships of the Aulopiformes (Euteleostei: Cyclosquamata): a molecular and total evidence approach. pp. 431-470 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

Wiley, E.O. & Johnson, G.D. 2010. A teleost classification based on monophyletic groups. pp. 123-182 in Nelson, J.S., Schultze, H.-P. & Wilson, M.V.H. Origin and Phylogenetic Interrelationships of Teleosts. München, Germany : Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil 480 pp.

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Family GIGANTURIDAE

CAAB: 37139000

Telescope Fishes, Telescopefishes


Compiler and date details

16 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray

Introduction

The Giganturidae comprise a single genus of telescope fishes with two species. Both species occur in Australian waters.

Giganturids are meso- and bathypelagic in tropical and subtropical waters of all oceans. They are specialised predators of other deepsea fishes. Telescope fishes are distinguished by having tubular, forward-directed eyes, a large mouth which extends far behind the eye, a pectoral fin with 30–43 rays inserted horizontally high on body, a highly distensible stomach and a caudal fin with a very elongate lower lobe. Maximum size is more than 22 cm standard length.

The giganturids were revised by Johnson & Bertelsen (1991). The biology of the family was discussed by Walters (1961). Johnson (1984) summarised the development and relationships of the group. Placement here follows the work of Baldwin & Johnson (1996).

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Johnson, R.K. 1984. Giganturidae: development and relationships. pp. 199-201 fig. 105 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publication 1: 1-760

Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45

Walters, V. 1961. A contribution to the biology of the Giganturidae, with description of a new genus and species. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 125(10): 297-319 figs 1-7

 

Common Name References

Paxton, J.R. & Niem, V.H. 1999. Families Paralepididae, Anotopteridae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Giganturidae. pp. 1948-1954 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1954] (FAO) (Telescope Fishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Gigantura Brauer, 1901

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Circumglobal.


IMCRA

Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)

Other Regions

Coral Sea Islands Territory

Original AFD Distribution Data

Australian Region

General References

Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Gigantura chuni Brauer, 1901

CAAB: 37139001

Chun's Telescopefish, Gigantura

 

Distribution

States

Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

North of Port Hedland, WA (18°27'S, 116°33'E); tropical, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Northwest Transition (3)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray 2006. Family Giganturidae. pp. 500-501 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [501]

Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [245]

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase, AFS) (Gigantura)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Chun's Telescopefish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Gigantura indica Brauer, 1901

CAAB: 37139002

Indian Telescopefish, Telescopefish

 

Generic Combinations

 

Distribution

States

Queensland, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

North of Port Hedland, WA (18°08'S, 116°43'E) and east of Cape York (11°44'S, 144°48'E) to east of Cairns (16°50'S, 147°03'E), QLD; tropical, circumglobal.


IMCRA

Northeast Transition (19), Cape Province (20), Northwest Transition (3)

Ecological Descriptors

Mesopelagic.

 

General References

John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Dianne J. Bray 2006. Family Giganturidae. pp. 500-501 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [501]

Johnson, R.K. & Bertelsen, E. 1991. The fishes of the family Giganturidae: systematics, distribution and aspects of biology. Dana Reports 91: 1-45

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [245] (as Rosaura indica)

 

Common Name References

Fishbase 2004. Fishbase at. http://www.fishbase.org/Summary. (Fishbase, AFS) (Telescopefish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Indian Telescopefish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Family BATHYSAURIDAE

CAAB: 37118000

Deepsea Lizardfishes


Compiler and date details

16 July 2016 - John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates, Dianne J. Bray & Douglass F. Hoese

John R. Paxton, Jennifer E. Gates & Douglass F. Hoese

Introduction

Members of the Bathysauridae live in deep waters of all oceans. The family comprises one genus and two species. Only one species has been collected in Australian waters, but it is likely that the widespread species Bathysaurus mollis Günther, 1878 will also be found.

Deepsea lizardfishes are benthic in slope waters below 1000 m. Food items include benthic fishes and decapod crustaceans. Characteristics include a large mouth with strong teeth extending far behind the moderate-sized eye, enlarged lateral line scales and well-developed body scales. Maximum length is 61 cm.

Species of Bathysaurus were revised by Sulak et al. (1985). Johnson (1982) treated the group as a distinct family, and placement here follows the work of Baldwin & Johnson (1996).

 

General References

Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Johnson, R.K. 1982. Fishes of the families Evermannellidae and Scopelarchidae: systematics, morphology, interrelationships and zoogeography. Fieldiana Zoology ns 12: 1-252 figs 1-74

Sulak, K.J., Wenner, C.A., Sedberry, G.R. & van Guelpen, L. 1985. Life history and systematics of Bathysaurus. Canadian Journal of Zoology 63(3): 623-672

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [268] (Deepsea Lizardfishes)

Russell, B.C. 1999. Families Synodontidae, Bathysauridae. pp. 1928-1947 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397-2068. [1946] (FAO) (Deepsea Lizardfishes)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 05-Aug-2014 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
12-Feb-2010 (import)

Genus Bathysaurus Günther, 1878

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

Temperate, Atlantic Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

General References

Sulak, K.J., Wenner, C.A., Sedberry, G.R. & van Guelpen, L. 1985. Life history and systematics of Bathysaurus. Canadian Journal of Zoology 63(3): 623-672

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED

Species Bathysaurus ferox Günther, 1878

CAAB: 37118019

Deepsea Lizardfish

 

Distribution

States

New South Wales, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia


Extra Distribution Information

E of Crowdy Bay, NSW (31°46'S) to south Shark Bay, WA, also Lord Howe Ridge in the Tasman Sea; temperate, Atlantic Indo-west Pacific.


IMCRA

Tasmania Province (10), Southeast Transition (11), Central Eastern Province (12), Lord Howe Province (14), Central Western Province (6), Southwest Transition (7), Southern Province (8), West Tasmania Transition (9)

Ecological Descriptors

Benthic, continental slope.

 

General References

Gomon, M.F. 1994. Families Bathysauridae, Harpadontidae. pp. 268-271 figs 240-241 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [269]

Gomon, M.F. 2008. Family Bathysauridae: Deepsea Lizardfishes. pp. 261-262 in Gomon, M.F., Bray, D.J. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). Fishes of Australia's Southern Coast. Sydney : Reed New Holland 928 pp. [262]

Paxton, J.R., Gates, J.E. & Hoese, D.F. 2006. Bathysauridae. pp. 502-503 in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 35. Volume 35 Australia : ABRS & CSIRO Publishing Parts 1-3, 2178 pp. [502]

Paxton, J.R., Hoese, D.F., Allen, G.R. & Hanley, J.E. (eds) 1989. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Pisces: Petromyzontidae to Carangidae. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 7 665 pp. [241]

Russell, B.C. 2015. Family Bathysauridae. pp. 607-608 in Roberts, C.D., Stewart, A.L. & Struthers, C.D. The Fishes of New Zealand. Wellington : Te Papa Press Vol. 3 pp. 577-1152. [608]

 

Common Name References

Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds) 1994. The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Printer 992 pp. 810 figs. [269] (Deepsea Lizardfish)

Seafood Services Australia 2008. Australian Fish Names Standard. http://www.fishnames.com.au/. (Deepsea Lizardfish)

 

History of changes

Note that this list may be incomplete for dates prior to September 2013.
Published As part of group Action Date Action Type Compiler(s)
22-Dec-2016 AULOPIFORMES 16-Jul-2016 MODIFIED Dr Dianne Bray (NMV) Dr Doug Hoese (AM) Dr Matthew Lockett (AM)
27-Jul-2010 MODIFIED